Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Incitec Pivot Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited

ipl · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ipl
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Incitec Pivot Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
  A N N U A L   R E P O R T  2 0 1 7

ANNUAL REPORT 2017

GLOBAL DIVERSIFIED INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS

FERTILISERSINDUSTRIAL CHEMICALSEXPLOSIVESOUR OPERATIONS

Ankara
Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)
New Delhi
Hong Kong

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

SOUTH
AFRICA

Sibolga
Tanjung Tabalong
Jakarta
Batu Kajang

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)
Johannesburg (DetNet)

Port Hedland
Mt Isa
Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie
Perth
Port Lincoln
Port Adelaide
Portland

e

e

e

e

a

e

e

Muara Tuhup
Tenggarong
Berau
PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Lihir

e

e

INDONESIA

e

a

Moranbah
Townsville

AUSTRALIA

e

i

e

Moura
(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island
Helidon
Kooragang Island
Warkworth

Melbourne
Geelong
Devonport

Ekati

Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon

e

Tumbler Ridge

Calgary

Biwabik

St Helens

Barry

Salt Lake City

Cheyenne

Carthage

a

e

e

a

e

i

a

i

Louisiana, Missouri
Waggaman, Louisiana

Dinamita

Gomez Palacios

Guadalajara

e

USA

MEXICO

Mary River

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming

North Bay

Maitland

Boisbriand

Ormstown

Simsbury

Donora

Duffield

Van Wyck

Brooksville

Graham

Wolf Lake

LATIN

AMERICA

La Serena

i

Santiago

VISION STATEMENT

To be the best in our markets, 

delivering Zero Harm and 
outstanding business performance 

through our people, our culture 

and our customer focus. 

Ankara

Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)

New Delhi

Hong Kong

e

e

e

Muara Tuhup

Tenggarong

Berau

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

e

Lihir

SOUTH

AFRICA

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)

Johannesburg (DetNet)

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

Sibolga

Tanjung Tabalong

Jakarta

Batu Kajang

e

e

e

a

Port Hedland

e

Mt Isa

Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie

Perth

Port Lincoln

Port Adelaide

Portland

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

e

a

Moranbah

Townsville

e

Moura

(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island

Helidon

Kooragang Island

Warkworth

i

e

Melbourne

Geelong

Devonport

Ekati
Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon
Tumbler Ridge
Calgary
Biwabik
St Helens
Barry
Salt Lake City
Cheyenne
Carthage
Louisiana, Missouri
Waggaman, Louisiana
Dinamita
Gomez Palacios
Guadalajara

e

e

a

e

i

a

i

e

a

e

USA

MEXICO

Mary River

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming
North Bay
Maitland
Boisbriand
Ormstown
Simsbury

Donora
Duffield
Van Wyck
Brooksville
Graham
Wolf Lake

LATIN
AMERICA

La Serena
Santiago

i

Incitec Pivot Limited

Company Headquarters

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Quantum Fertilisers

Dyno Nobel

Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Joint Ventures/Investments

Manufacturing legend

i

e

Initiation
Emulsion

ANa
a Long term AN supplier

CONTENTS

Chairman’s Report  

Board of Directors  

Executive Team 

Sustainability Report 

Directors’ Report 
–  Remuneration Report 

Financial Report  

ii

iv

v

vi

1 
23

44

Chairman’s Report

I am pleased to report to shareholders on the 2017 year, a 
year of significant changes in the IPL Group, in which an 
excellent result has been achieved despite some very 
challenging external conditions.

Some of the most significant features of our 2017 year were:

•  Continued strong performance in the areas of personal and 
process safety, with our employees in all parts of the Group 
demonstrating their commitment to ensuring that they and 
their colleagues go home safely each day.

•  Adverse movements in commodity prices in many of  
our businesses, exacerbated by a stubbornly strong 
Australian dollar.

•  Challenging economic conditions facing some of our 

businesses.

•  Strong growth in our Explosives business, particularly in  

the United States, driven by sustained Quarry and 
Construction growth and resurgent Coal and Base and 
Precious Metals activity.

•  The first full year of production at our new ammonia plant 
at Waggaman in Louisiana, which contributed an additional 
US$35 million in operational earnings and delay damages.

•  An increase in interest expense of $59 million, following 
completion of interest capitalisation to the Waggaman 
project.

•  The organisation saw the challenges coming and 

implemented a major Organisation Focussed Improvement 
program, applying our Business Excellence (BEx) system to 
accelerate productivity improvements and cost reductions 
amounting to $176 million in net benefits in the 2017  
financial year. 

The net result was an increase of 8% in Net Profit after Tax 
(NPAT), before Individually Material Items, from $295 million 
to $319 million. 

Following the 2017 result and the completion of 
commissioning at Waggaman, and with net debt reducing  
by 7.3%, the Board believes IPL is in a strong position to 
meet the challenging market conditions. For this reason,  
we announced an on-market share buyback of up to $300 
million, in addition to the final unfranked dividend of 4.9 
cents per share, maintaining a 50% payout ratio for the 
2017 financial year. 

SAFETY
Everywhere I go in the Group, it is clear that all our people 
share our objective of Zero Harm. In 2012 we set a number 
of 5-year targets in the area of safety, including reducing the 
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) to less than 1. 
In 2017 we achieved a TRIFR of 0.9, a 35% reduction since 
2012, and, in addition, our Employee Lost Day Severity Rate 
declined by 89% over the same period.

While these are very encouraging results, we recognise  
that there can never be room for complacency in the area  
of safety. 84% of our sites were free of recordable injury  
in 2017 and this must be our objective everywhere  
we operate.

ii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

OPERATING RESULTS
Earnings before Interest and Tax (EBIT) in our Americas 
business was up 46% to US$173 million, driven largely by 
growth in our Explosives business, particularly in Quarrying 
and Construction, initial earnings from Waggaman and 
savings resulting from various BEx initiatives. These advances 
were partially offset by reduced Fertiliser earnings stemming 
from a further decline in global nitrogen prices.

In our Asia Pacific business, EBIT increased slightly to $293 
million. Explosives EBIT grew from $186 million to $189 
million. The result was underpinned by resilient customer 
demand, partially offset by a scheduled turnaround at our 
Moranbah plant. Fertilisers EBIT (excluding industrial 
chemicals) increased from $75 million to $78 million in the 
face of headwinds which included subdued global fertiliser 
prices, strengthening of the Australian dollar and utility cost 
escalation. That the business was still able to increase EBIT in 
these challenging market conditions was largely a result of 
BEx initiatives and increased distribution volumes. 

In both the Americas and Australia, management deserves 
credit for “controlling the controllables” in the face of 
uncontrollable external factors.

DEBT AND LEVERAGE
Our balance sheet remains robust, with the tenor and 
diversification of funding enhanced by a US$400 million 
issuance into the Regulation S debt capital market. The 
Group’s net debt at year end was $1,292 million, down  
$102 million relative to 2016. Investment grade credit 
ratings were maintained and the Group’s net leverage 
(defined as Net Debt divided by last twelve months’ EBITDA) 
was reduced from 2.1 times to 1.7 times.

MANUFACTURING
Performance in our plants continued to be strong. All of our 
major facilities operated at greater than 90% uptime, with 
two exceptions. 

The first was Phosphate Hill, where reduced production 
resulted from the impact of maintenance that was brought 
forward in light of depressed DAP prices. 

The other was our new plant at Waggaman, Louisiana,  
which, in its first year of operation, delivered 74% of its 
nameplate capacity of 800,000 metric tonnes per annum. 
After rectifying some mechanical issues, the plant operated 
at greater than 100% of its nameplate capacity in September 
and October. The construction and commissioning of 
Waggaman have been an outstanding achievement by our 
management team, with total final project spend of US$820 
million, 4% below the initial project budget.

The most challenging of our manufacturing operations is  
our fertiliser plant at Gibson Island in Brisbane. As has been 
widely publicised of late, and as we have foreshadowed for 
several years, obtaining new contracts for supply of gas at 
economic prices is a massive challenge for Australian 
manufacturers. The current gas supply arrangements for 
Gibson Island will cease on 30 September 2018 and, while 
we have explored numerous possibilities to secure an 
economically viable gas supply for the period beyond  
expiry of the current arrangements, to date we have been 
unsuccessful. We are continuing to pursue a number of 
possible options, but if no solution is found, it is likely the 
facility will cease manufacturing operations.

DIVERSITY
In 2017, we have continued to progress our diversity  
agenda with a particular focus on strengthening the talent 
pipeline so that we can increase the number of women in 
the Company.

To meet this commitment, the Board and management have 
established a target to increase the percentage of women 
across the business by 10% year-on-year and to achieve a 
minimum participation rate globally of 25% women by  
30 September 2022.

This is an important strategic action which is underpinned by 
our diversity principle of “Shaping our Future Organisation”.

MANAGING DIRECTOR & CEO TRANSITION
James Fazzino stepped down as Managing Director & CEO on 
14 November 2017 after almost 9 years in the role. In that 
time, James has done an outstanding job in transforming 
Incitec Pivot from a small, regional fertiliser business into a 
major global diversified chemicals company. 

In growing the Company six-fold, James has led a number of 
key initiatives, including the integration of the Dyno Nobel 
acquisition, the construction and successful operation of two 
world scale nitrogen plants at Moranbah and Waggaman and 
the establishment of IPL’s business model for continuous 
improvement and productivity, BEx. All of these have 
demanded courage, vision, strategic and operational 
excellence and enormous dedication. The Company owes 
James a huge vote of thanks and we wish him, and his wife 
Helen, all the very best for the future.

In August, after a global search, I was delighted to  
announce the appointment of Jeanne Johns as James’ 
successor. Jeanne assumed the role on 15 November 2017. 
She is a truly global executive, who has successfully run 
major industrial and commodity-based businesses in the 
United States, Asia and the United Kingdom and has also had 
responsibility for the Australian refining operations of her 
previous employer, BP. A chemical engineer, Jeanne has 
outstanding credentials to drive our manufacturing 
operations for optimum, safe performance to meet the 
needs of our valued customers. She and her husband Marc 
have recently relocated to Melbourne.

BOARD CHANGES
One of the key roles of the Board is to ensure we have the 
right mix of skills, experience and geographical exposure 
aligned not only to the Incitec Pivot of today, but also to 
support our future growth directions. In that context, I was 
pleased to announce the appointment of Joseph Breunig and 
Brian Kruger to the board in June 2017. 

Joe and Brian bring significant experience in global industrial 
and chemical manufacturing businesses. Their detailed CVs 
are contained in the Directors’ Report. As the United States 
continues to grow in its importance to IPL, accounting for 
46% of Group EBIT in 2017, their experience in the United 
States market will be invaluable. Joe is based in the United 
States and is well connected in the U.S. industrial arena. 
Brian has also spent significant periods of his career living in 
the U.S. and running U.S. businesses. He is also highly 
experienced in the important area of logistics, having most 
recently served as Chief Executive of a major Australian 
public company in that industry.

Chairman Paul Brasher with Jeanne Johns at the 
announcement of her appointment as Managing  
Director & CEO

We are very fortunate to have Joe and Brian join our  
Board. Both will stand for election at the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting.

Unfortunately, we will soon bid farewell to Greg Hayes,  
who will not be standing for re-election when his current 
term expires at the 2017 Annual General Meeting. Greg is 
retiring from all of his public company boards to concentrate 
on his burgeoning personal business interests. Greg has 
made an outstanding contribution to our Board, not least in 
his role as Chairman of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee. We will miss Greg and wish him all the best in 
his various interests. I am pleased to report that Brian Kruger 
will replace him as Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee.

CONCLUSION
While 2017 has been challenging in many ways, it has 
demonstrated the talent and resilience of our people, and  
I would like to thank James Fazzino, his Executive Team,  
my Board colleagues and all our employees globally for all  
of their efforts. I would also like to thank all of our other 
stakeholders, including customers, suppliers and 
shareholders for their continued support.

Our business strategy remains unchanged. Having rebased 
the Company, we are well positioned to maximise 
shareholder returns in whatever market conditions we face 
in 2018 and beyond.

Paul Brasher 
Chairman

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

iii

Board of Directors

Board of Directors as at 14 November 2017:
First row (l to r): Paul Brasher, Joseph Breunig, Kathryn Fagg, Gregory Hayes
Second row (l to r): Brian Kruger, Rebecca McGrath, Graham Smorgon AM, James Fazzino

Paul Brasher  
BEc(Hons), FCA

Joseph Breunig  
BS(Chemical Engineering), MBA

Non-executive Chairman

Non-executive director

Paul Brasher was appointed as a 
director on 29 September 2010 
and was appointed Chairman on 
30 June 2012. Paul is Chairman 
of the Nominations Committee.

Joseph Breunig was appointed 
as a director on 5 June 2017.  
Joe is a member of the Health, 
Safety, Environment and 
Community Committee.

Gregory Hayes  
MAppFin, GradDipACC, BA, ACA 

Non-executive director

Greg Hayes was appointed as a 
director on 1 October 2014. Greg 
is Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee.

Kathryn Fagg 
FTSE, BE(Hons), MCom(Hons), 
Hon.DBus(UNSW),  
Hon.DChemEng(UQ)

Non-executive director 

Kathryn Fagg was appointed as a 
director on 15 April 2014. 
Kathryn is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and a 
member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee.

Brian Kruger  
BEc

Rebecca McGrath  
BTP(Hons), MASc, FAICD

Graham Smorgon AM  
B.Juris, LLB

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Brian Kruger was appointed as 
a director on 5 June 2017. Brian 
is a member of the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee 
and the Remuneration 
Committee.

Rebecca McGrath was 
appointed as a director on 15 
September 2011. Rebecca is 
Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee and a member of 
the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee and 
the Nominations Committee.

Graham Smorgon was 
appointed as a director on  
19 December 2008. Graham is 
a member of the Nominations 
Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee.

James Fazzino  
BEc(Hons), Adjunct Professor, 
La Trobe Business School

James Fazzino was the 
Managing Director & CEO for 
the 2017 financial year and 
ceased as Managing Director & 
CEO on 14 November 2017.

iv

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Executive Team

First row (l to r): Frank Micallef, 
Simon Atkinson, Leah Balter

Second row (l to r): Alan Grace, 
Elizabeth Hunter, Nick Stratford

As at 14 November 2017, the Executive 
Team included Mr James Fazzino. Mr  
Fazzino was succeeded by Ms Jeanne Johns 
on 15 November 2017. Details of the 
Executive Team are set out below.

James Fazzino BEc(Hons)
Managing Director & CEO
James Fazzino was the Managing Director 
& CEO for the 2017 financial year. James 
ceased as Managing Director & CEO on  
14 November 2017.

Frank Micallef BBus, MAcc, FCPA,  
FFTA, FAICD
Chief Financial Officer
Frank was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer on 23 October 2009. Frank joined IPL 
in May 2008 as General Manager, Treasury 
and Chief Financial Officer, Trading. Prior to 
joining IPL, Frank had significant experience 
in the explosives and mining industries as 
Global Treasurer and Investor Relations 
Manager at Orica Limited and General 
Manager Accounting at North Limited. Frank 
is responsible for the finance, tax, treasury, 
legal, company secretarial and procurement 
functions globally.

Simon Atkinson BBus, CA
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & 
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Simon joined the Company on its merger 
with Incitec Fertilizers Limited in 2003, 
having previously worked with Orica Limited 
and Incitec Limited. He has extensive 
commercial finance experience, having 
previously worked as Commercial Finance 
Manager for the Australian fertilisers 
business and as IPL’s Deputy CFO and 
Investor Relations Manager. In 2010 Simon 
was appointed President of Dyno Nobel 
International charged with the growth of 
the Dyno Nobel business outside the 
established North American and Asia Pacific 
regions. In 2013 Simon was appointed 
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Global 
Technology and in 2016 was appointed 
President of the Group’s Asia Pacific 
downstream business incorporating the 
customer facing functions in Asia Pacific  
of Incitec Pivot Fertilisers and Dyno Nobel 
Asia Pacific.

Leah Balter B Eng(Hons), MBA, MAICD
President, Strategy & Business Development
Leah joined IPL on 1 August 2016 as 
President, Strategy & Business Development 
with leadership and responsibility for the 
Group’s global strategy and new market 
opportunities. Previously, Leah was an 
Associate Principal at McKinsey & Company 
where she worked in various countries and 
industries for nine years, and was the head 
of McKinsey’s Melbourne office. Leah has 
deep experience in banking and private 
investment built from her career with the 
ANZ Bank, where she held senior executive 
banking positions including Head of Strategy 
and Chief of Staff to the Australian CEO. Leah 
was also previously an advisor to a number 
of private company boards and non-for-
profit organisations.

Alan Grace BSc(Hons) Chem Eng.
President, Global Manufacturing
A qualified chemical engineer, Alan joined  
IPL on its merger with Incitec Fertilizers 
Limited in 2003, having commenced with 
Incitec Limited in 2000. He has 30 years’ 
experience constructing and operating 
chemical processing plants. He has worked 
on many large projects in the oil and gas, 
petrochemical and chemicals sector, including 
ammonia and ammonium nitrate plants. 
Alan was the Project Director for IPL’s 
Moranbah complex during the construction 
phase and, prior to his current appointment, 
he was the Project Director for the Feasibility 
Study and early stage construction of the 
Louisiana ammonia plant.

Elizabeth Hunter BBus, MBA 
Chief Human Resources Officer &  
Shared Services
Elizabeth joined IPL as Chief Human Resources 
Officer in October 2013, and was appointed to 
her current role incorporating global Shared 
Services in June 2016. Elizabeth has over 20 
years’ experience in Human Resources, both 
in Australia and in the UK. She has held roles 
on executive teams of ASX listed companies 
with global footprints for the last 10 years. 
Prior to joining IPL, Elizabeth had experience 
across healthcare, banking and financial 
services, industrial contracting and 
infrastructure industries.

Nick Stratford B.Ec, CA
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Nick commenced with IPL in September 
2008, and joined the Dyno Nobel Americas 
business in August 2013. Nick has over  
20 years’ experience in international finance 
and business management and has worked 
previously for firms such as Deloitte & 
Touche (based out of Melbourne and Los 
Angeles) and Reckitt Benckiser (based in 
Europe). Since joining IPL, Nick has 
performed the roles of Group Financial 
Controller, General Manager Investor 
Relations and Chief Financial Officer for the 
North American business. More recently, as 
the North America Chief Operating Officer, 
Nick also served as a board member on 
seven of the Group’s U.S. joint ventures. In 
February 2017, Nick was appointed to the 
role of President, Dyno Nobel Americas.

MANAGING DIRECTOR & CEO 
TRANSITION

Jeanne Johns B.S. Chemical Engineering, 
magna cum laude
Managing Director & CEO  
(from 15 November 2017)
Jeanne Johns was appointed Managing 
Director & CEO on 9 August 2017 and 
commenced in the role on 15 November 
2017. Jeanne is a global executive and 
chemical engineer with over 25 years’ 
experience in the international refining, 
petrochemicals, oil and gas industries. 
After joining BP in 1986, Jeanne worked 
throughout her career with BP in various 
locations and executive roles including as 
President, Asian Olefins and Derivatives 
(China), President, BP North America 
Natural Gas Liquids (United States), Head of 
Operating Management System Excellence 
for BP Group (United Kingdom) and Head of 
Safety & Operational Risk, BP Downstream 
(United Kingdom). Until recently, Jeanne 
was also a non-executive director of Tate  
& Lyle plc and Parsons Corporation.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

v

Sustainability Report

Approach
Sustainability Strategy

IPL is committed to operating in a manner which acknowledges 
and proactively manages those issues which are most material 
to the long term sustainability of its business, the environment 
and the communities in which it operates. This commitment 
is driven by IPL’s company values. IPL defines sustainability 
as ‘the creation of long term economic value whilst caring 
for our people, our communities and our environment’. IPL’s 
Sustainability Strategy was formally adopted by the Board in 
September 2010 and has since been reviewed to include the 
sustainable development of its supply chain. 

Continuous Improvement through BEx
Business Excellence (BEx) is IPL’s continuous improvement 
business system. Through BEx, IPL has built a culture that fosters 
productivity improvements and sustainability initiatives, while 
prioritising IPL’s company value of Zero Harm for Everyone, 
Everywhere (Zero Harm).

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) is widely recognised as 
the leading reference point in the growing field of sustainability 
investing due to the robustness of its assessment process. Since 
2010 IPL has been included in the DJSI where performance is 
benchmarked against peers in the global Chemicals sector. The 
results since 2012 are represented below.

Dimension

Economic

Environmental

Social

Total for IPL

Chemicals sector average

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

59

51

63

58

55

70

59

68

66

52

65

60

67

64

55

67

51

63

60

58

74

60

65

67

56

73

61

68

68

53

In 2017, the FTSE Group also confirmed for the fourth year that 
IPL has satisfied the requirements to remain a constituent of the 
FTSE4Good Index Series.

About this report
Since 2014, sustainability performance data has been included in 
IPL’s Annual Report, providing a summary account of IPL’s 
economic, environmental, social and governance performance in 
one document. Further information on IPL’s sustainability 
performance can be found in the full annual Sustainability 
Reports available on IPL’s website (www.incitecpivot.com.au).

Content selection
In order to determine the most important topics for 
sustainability reporting, a materiality review is conducted 
biennially. First, key stakeholders who have a direct 
relationship with, or are impacted by, IPL’s business are 
identified. A comprehensive list of relevant topics is then 
identified through a review of risk registers, sector issues, 
business communications, and publicly available information 
on sustainability issues relating to IPL’s business areas. Next, 
issues are numerically scored for prioritisation, according to 
their importance to these stakeholders by survey. These issues 
are then analysed and prioritised by numerical score internally 
by IPL to determine which aspects are material to report. This 
aligns to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI4) materiality 
approach. Further information on stakeholder engagement  
and the materiality process is contained in the online 
Sustainability Report which can be found on IPL’s website 
(www.incitecpivot.com.au).
During the 2017 materiality review, IPL’s economic 
performance was identified as an important sustainability 
issue by a wide range of stakeholders including investors, 
shareholders, suppliers, customers, employees and the 
communities in which IPL operates. The other 10 most 
material issues are discussed below. 

vi

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Workplace health and safety
IPL’s Zero Harm company value is prioritised above all others.  
In 2012, IPL adopted a long-term objective of achieving world 
class safety performance. Among other measures, this included 
reducing Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) to less 
than 1.00. In 2017, IPL achieved a TRIFR of 0.90 representing a 
35 percent decline since 2012. IPL has a fully integrated Health, 
Safety, Environment and Community (HSEC) Management 
System which provides the foundation for effective identification 
and management of Health, Safety and Environmental (HSE) 
risks. BEx complements the HSEC Management System.

The 2017 priorities for achieving Zero Harm were:
•  Continued improvement in safety culture through Executive 

Team member leadership and coaching of employees, with a 
focus on the sharing of systemic learnings;

•  A strong focus on Process Safety Management, including  

the standardisation and roll out of key processes;

•  Continued focus on risk management through ongoing 
improvement in the quality and use of risk registers;
•  Continuing to embed effective change management 

processes into key HSE initiatives; and

•  Achieving ongoing improvement in IPL’s safety metrics, 

including TRIFR.

Performance highlights during 2017 include:
•  TRIFR of 0.901;
•  62 percent reduction in Employee Lost Day Severity Rate  

since 2016; 

•  6 percent reduction in Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate  

since 2016;

•  84 percent of sites recordable injury free;
•  15 percent reduction in process safety incidents since 2015;
•  Development and roll out of a Zero Harm video narrated by 

operational employees to communicate strategic themes and 
emphasise key safety concepts; 

•  Confirmation, via employee feedback through an Appreciative 
Enquiry across IPL’s Global Manufacturing operations, that the 
Zero Harm strategy is understood and that the program is 
meaningful and is creating a safer workplace and culture;

•  Completion of the design for the global standardised 
management of change process and database tool;

•  Completion of the implementation of global standardised Job 

Step Analysis (JSA) and Permit to Work (PTW) processes across 
Asia Pacific and all Global Manufacturing sites; and

•  Commencement of standardised Critical Control Verifications 
(CCVs). Critical controls are those which relate directly to  
fatal risks.

2018 priorities include:
•  Executive Team leadership and coaching of employees during 
site visits to review site risk registers and to review CCVs; 
•  Continued implementation of the CCV management process;
Integration of behavioural safety training into the IPL HSEC 
• 
Management System; 

•  Continued improvement of risk management across all parts 
of the business, including the quality of risk register content;

•  Extension of the implementation of the standardised PTW 

• 

and JSA processes to all North American sites; 
Implementation of the global standardised Management of 
Change process; and

•  Maintaining a TRIFR of less than 1 and continued focus in 

decreasing injury severity rate.

1. Subject to finalisation of classification of any pending incidents

Governance and ethical conduct
IPL’s Board of Directors is responsible for charting IPL’s 
direction, policies, strategies and financial objectives.

The Board serves the interests of IPL and its shareholders, 
having regard to other stakeholders, including employees, 
customers, creditors and the community, in a manner 
designed to create and continue to build sustainable value. 
The Board Charter, Code of Conduct and key policies and 
systems which define IPL business practices are available on 
IPL’s website. 

During 2017, several governance documents were updated 
and a dedicated Global Conflict of Interest for Personnel policy 
was developed. A mandatory online fraud and corruption 
training course was implemented for all employees, and  
face-to-face training in anti-bribery and sanctions laws was 
conducted for all applicable employees. 

Further information on Corporate Governance, including risk 
oversight and management, can be found in the 2017 
Corporate Governance Statement at www.incitecpivot.com.au 
and in the online Sustainability Report.

Managing, engaging and ensuring a  
diverse workforce 
IPL endeavours to be a business where company values guide 
behaviours in the workplace and where a culturally diverse 
range of employees have the flexibility, tools and freedom to 
learn what they need to execute business objectives within a 
multi-geography, multi-cultural organisation. IPL’s people and 
culture are key to creating the outstanding business 
performance required to be ‘best in market’.

Performance
During 2017, IPL’s continued focus was to achieve intended 
benefits through its diversity policies and practices, and 
through its improved learning systems. In addition, IPL 
continued to involve and support its employees to develop 
and implement change as it responded to the structural and 
cyclical shifts it experienced in its markets. The frameworks 
and infrastructure built over the prior two years were 
employed to achieve benefits on a sustainable basis, 
particularly in relation to diversity. 

Key highlights during the year were:
•  Company-wide employee participation in BEx projects, which 
contributed to the BEx Organisation Focused Improvement 
(OFI) program. The OFI program has not only generated 
sustainable financial benefits, but provided role-based 
development opportunities and innovation opportunities for 
employees;

•  Training of leaders in coaching and associated skills to further 

develop BEx leadership capability; 

•  Maintaining a two percent target of Indigenous employees 

across IPL’s Australian businesses;

•  New Enterprise Bargaining Agreements, which meet market 
demands and provide sustainable pay outcomes, within the 
Australian explosives and manufacturing businesses;
•  Completion of the implementation of the global Learning 

Business System, which began in 2016, to provide company-
wide standards for learning and development; and
•  Completion of the implementation of the Learning 

Management System in North America which enables 
compliance, regulatory and mandatory technical training of 
employees and contractors.

Further reporting on IPL’s Diversity Strategy can be found in 
the 2017 Corporate Governance Statement on the IPL website 
(www.incitecpivot.com.au).

Managing environmental impacts
As an international manufacturer of industrial explosives, 
industrial chemicals and fertilisers, IPL’s operations have the 
potential to impact the environment through emissions to air and 
the contamination of soil and groundwater. IPL is committed to 
continuously improving the management processes and systems 
in place to make its operations and products more sustainable. 
Continuous improvement during the year was focused on 
improving product handling, compliance management and risk 
management, including the amendment of the IPL Risk 
Assessment matrix to better recognise environmental risk.

Performance highlights during 2017 include:
•  Development of an engineering framing assessment model to 
identify engineering and operational opportunities to improve 
environmental outcomes;
Introduction of iAuditor across the fertiliser distribution business to 
conduct daily site photo logs. In the first three months, 321 daily 
photo logs identified 568 potential issues;

• 

•  Performance of Environmental Site Assessments at 32 sites across 

North America;

•  Continued auditing of spill prevention, control and countermeasure 
plans across North America, and the use of visual management 
tools and lean processes, particularly 5S, to increase loss of 
containment awareness globally. This has resulted in increased 
operational control of product and a reduction in environmental 
risks associated with product tracking and spills; and

•  Maintenance of the Environmental Incident Frequency Rate below 

1 at just 0.49.

2018 priorities include:
•  Continued focus on improving environmental awareness through 
training, with emphasis on loss of containment, spill prevention 
and stormwater pollution prevention; 

•  Extension of iAuditor to Australian manufacturing sites; and
• 

Implementation of environmental ‘Gemba’ walks and metrics 
which will be used as a leading indicator to track environmental 
performance across North American sites. Also used as a safety 
tool, Gemba walk is the term used to describe structured site 
visits focused on observing activities and processes.

Further detail on environmental compliance, including fines, can 
be found on page 4.

Energy, greenhouse gases and water
The manufacture of nitrogen-based products is energy intensive 
because it requires natural gas as both an energy source and a 
raw material. Because carbon dioxide is liberated from natural gas 
during the manufacturing process, in Australia, IPL is a Large 
Emitter of greenhouse gases (GHG) as defined by the Australian 
National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting System. Nitrogen oxide 
(NOx) and nitrous oxide (N2O), a potent GHG, are also released 
during the making of nitic acid. IPL has a strong focus on both 
abatement technologies and progressively increasing resource 
efficiencies to reduce its impacts on the environment, including 
GHG emissions which contribute to climate change.
Cooling water is also a key necessity for manufacturing. In addition 
to IPL’s comprehensive annual risk management process, the 
World Business Council of Sustainable Development Global Water 
Tool is completed each year for long term projections and 
reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer. While the majority of IPL’s 
major manufacturing plants are located in regions with plentiful 
natural supplies of water, several smaller sites in Australia have 
been identified by the Water Tool as being located in areas which 
may experience water stress by 2025. In North America, water 
resources are of particular concern at Cheyenne, Wyoming. IPL 
engages with key stakeholders, including the Wyoming State 
Engineer’s Office, which manages stakeholder access to the local 
groundwater aquifer. In other regions, where there is higher 
rainfall, IPL recognises that water management is also important.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

vii

Sustainability Report

Performance
Energy and emissions
IPL used 61,972,212 gigajoules (GJ) of energy over the past year 
(2016: 44,972,204), of which 2,244,029 was electricity (2015: 
1,971,644). The absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from  
IPL’s global operations increased to 3.1 million tonnes (2016:  
2.7 million tonnes). These increases were due to the newly 
commissioned Waggaman, Louisiana plant, which increased IPL’s 
ammonia production. However, targeted global reductions in 
GHG emissions per tonne of product were achieved, with a five 
percent reduction per tonne of ammonia produced and a nine 
percent reduction per tonne of nitric acid produced.
In line with the sustainability strategy to use less and care for  
the environment, IPL’s manufacturing plants continued to 
reduce both energy intensity and carbon dioxide equivalent 
(CO2e) emissions through energy efficiency initiatives. At St 
Helens, Oregon, a project to convert the pneumatically-
controlled plant instrumentation to electronic instrumentation 
reduced annual electricity use at the site by 161,971 kWh. At 
Cheyenne, Wyoming, energy efficiency projects included pump 
and boiler optimisation and steam saving projects, which saved 
over 1,000,000 kWh and 73,000GJ of natural gas during 2017. 
The application of an internal coating to the reformer at 
Cheyenne, Wyoming will deliver further reductions in gas use 
during 2018. At Moranbah, Queensland, a project to preheat 
deaerator feedwater with process heat currently lost to the 
atmosphere is expected to save 196,000 GJ of natural gas, 
reduce GHG emissions by 10,000 tCO2e and save over 
$1,000,000. The installation of variable speed drives on  
cooling tower fans at Mt Isa, Queensland is expected to save 
2,916,667 kWh of energy, reduce emissions by 2,305 tCO2e  
and reduce costs by over $400,000. 
IPL also continued to invest in NOx abatement technology,  
with work completed on the US$7,700,000 Selective Catalytic 
Reduction unit at the Louisiana, Missouri, nitric acid plant. 
During 2017, this unit reduced NOx emissions at the site by 
more than 95 percent, which enabled IPL to achieve its 2017 
global target of a 30 percent reduction in NOx emissions per 
tonne of nitric acid produced. All of IPL’s nitric acid plants are 
now fitted with NOx reduction technology. During 2017, the 
N2O abatement unit at Moranbah, Queensland reduced GHG 
emissions by 463,290 tonnes of CO2e. IPL also invested 
$1,480,000 in the installation of a more efficient sulphur oxide 
(SOx) reduction catalyst at Mt Isa, Queensland, which will 
reduce SOx emissions at the site significantly.
Water use and discharge
IPL’s gross water use during the year was 47,629 mega litres,  
a nine percent increase due to increased production. Opportunities 
for reducing water use in manufacturing are continuously being 
sought. At Cheyenne, Wyoming, the recovery of boiler blowdown 
water and the reclamation of waste water streams through 
reverse osmosis and brine concentrator units saved 89,941 kL 

during the year. At Phosphate Hill, Queensland, 64,937 kL of 
water was recovered from waste gypsum stockpiles, also 
recovering valuable phosphates for fertiliser production. During 
2018, water balance projects will be conducted at three major 
Australian manufacturing sites in Geelong, Gibson Island and 
Moranbah. During 2017, IPL discharged 32,446,002m3 of water 
to the environment, a decrease of nine percent from 2016. The 
majority of this water (98.5 percent) was clean cooling water 
that was discharged to the rivers from which it was taken, 
reducing IPL’s net water use to 15,670 mega litres. 
Gas supply
Natural gas supply is an important issue for IPL. In Eastern 
Australia, access to competitively priced gas is a well-
documented challenge for the manufacturing industry. IPL 
believes that it is essential that Australia find a solution that 
balances the imperative of supplying gas to value-adding 
manufacturing with the needs of a strong energy export 
market. IPL will continue to work with Federal and State 
governments on this issue. For more information on this issue 
see page 19 of this report.

Product quality
IPL is committed to providing quality products and services to the 
explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers sectors. IPL’s 
Fertiliser Quality policy outlines its commitment to providing 
products and services that meet customers’ needs. Fertiliser 
manufacturing is monitored by IPL’s own Quality Control 
Laboratories and all product imports are sourced in compliance 
with the Fertiliser Australia National Code of Practice for Fertiliser 
Description and Labelling. Certificates of Analysis are sought from 
suppliers to ensure they are within set product specifications that 
meet statutory limits and market needs. During 2018, 
improvement initiatives will include a focus to extend IPL’s 
quality standards throughout the fertiliser distribution business.
IPL is a global provider of innovative explosive products, services 
and solutions under the renowned Dyno Nobel brand. Using BEx 
principles, product quality is being continuously improved by the 
detection, analysis and correction of trends during processing to 
enhance quality and performance. Since 2015, a working 
partnership between IPL’s explosives research and development 
laboratories and its manufacturing plants has served to further 
improve operating procedures, particularly where product 
analysis is required. Ongoing improvements in both the product 
formulations and the raw materials sourced have resulted in 
improved explosives product quality and enhanced performance. 
During 2017, this collaboration between the explosives 
research and development laboratories and manufacturing 
teams was extended to IPL’s fertiliser production plant at 
Gibson Island, Queensland. The Marketing & Technology Ideas 
& Work Requests Database, which will be upgraded in 2018, 
provides research and development assistance across the 
organisation, to facilitate improvements in product quality.

Total direct and indirect greenhouse  
gas emissions

Water use by source 
Total water used was 47,629 ML

Water discharge by destination 
Total water discharged was 32,446,002m3

3.5

Million tonnes of CO2e

35,000

ML

35,000

’000 m3

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

2015

2016

2017

Surface
water

Ground
water

Municipal
water

Recycled
water

Storm
water

Desalinated
 water

Rain
 water

Surface
waters

Ground
water

Sewers

Total water
discharged

Total GHG emissions

Scope 1

Scope 2

Water source

2015/16

2016/17

Waste discharge destination

2015/16

2016/17

viii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

Sustainable products and services
IPL aims to assess and, where feasible, improve the 
environmental and social impacts of all products across their 
life cycle and to work with customers to encourage them to 
use these products to achieve the best sustainability outcomes.
Phosphate rock sourcing
Phosphate rock, a naturally occurring mineral rock, is used in 
the production of both single superphosphate (SSP) and 
ammonium phosphate (AP) fertilisers. APs are produced at 
Phosphate Hill, Queensland using phosphate rock from the mine 
adjacent to that plant. At the Geelong and Portland plants in 
Victoria, SSP is manufactured using a blend of imported 
phosphate rock. The composition of phosphate rock varies 
according to the place of origin and presents with varying levels 
of phosphorus, cadmium, odour and reactivity which must be 
balanced to produce a product that meets with Australian 
regulations. IPL purchases phosphate rock from several 
countries, after undertaking a detailed review of each supply 
source having regard to social, environmental and economic 
factors. Further information on phosphate sourcing is available 
on the IPL website at www.incitecpivot.com.au.
Supplier and customer engagement
IPL has processes in place to assess potential and current 
suppliers to ensure sustainability risks are well understood  
and addressed. Potential suppliers are assessed using a 
questionnaire that covers environment, social and governance 
aspects and the Global Procurement team works with suppliers 
on gap-closing action plans where required. Contracts between 
IPL and major materials suppliers also contain requirements 
that are consistent with IPL’s expectations of suppliers’ 
workplace health, safety and environmental performance.  
In 2017, IPL continued to apply BEx methodologies and risk 
management tools to its sustainable supply chain model,  
with a particular focus on continued improvement in the 
management and engagement of existing suppliers. 
IPL engages directly with fertiliser customers during collaborative 
tailoring of product use via its Nutrient Advantage laboratory, 
which conducts soil and plant testing, as well as through 
Nutrient Advantage Advice interactive software and IPL’s online 
Farmer Community and Agronomy Community. Quarterly reports 
are assessed through Fertshed, IPL’s online customer 
transactional portal. In 2017 a new customer survey software, 
Net Promoter Score, which uses a popular methodology for 
summarising customer satisfaction, was implemented across the 
entire fertiliser customer base. Net Promoter Score will be 
extended to IPL’s Australian industrial chemicals customers in 
2018. Customers and agronomists also attend IPL Agronomy 
Community Forums, and formal complaint and product feedback 
processes exist to resolve customer issues quickly. 
IPL works closely with explosives customers at their sites to 
deliver high-performance solutions tailored to customer needs. 
The business participates in specialist customer sustainability 
questionnaires, holds customer focused technical workshops and 
has dedicated Customer Relationship Managers.
Research and development
In 2017, work continued on collaborative research and product 
development with customers, including the promotion of best 
practice use of fertiliser and explosives products to reduce 
environmental impacts and increase safety. Highlights during 
the year included:
•  New joint research project with the University of Melbourne 

into new fertiliser technologies for sustained food security, with 
further development of prototype products planned for 2018; 

•  Development of novel fertiliser nutrient delivery systems, 
including trace element coating of fertilisers on despatch; 

•  Continued market growth of IPL’s enhanced efficiency 

fertilisers, Entec and Green Urea, which minimise nitrogen 

losses to the atmosphere as GHG and to waterways; 

•  Continued development and marketing of explosive products 
and delivery systems that reduce blast fume emissions and 
minimise groundwater nitrate leaching, including the 
commencement of a new joint research project with  
Murdoch University; 

•  Continued testing of recycled, reclaimed and treated oils, 

hydrocarbons and waxes to supplement the use of virgin fuel 
sources in emulsion-based explosives; 

•  Testing of oxidiser, an ingredient of explosives, sourced from 

internal and customer waste streams; and 

•  Collaboration with customers to develop and test new 

products, processes and methods of product delivery which 
increase safety and efficiency where explosives are used in 
hot and reactive ground conditions in North America and in 
underground applications in Australia.

Sustainable development
Waggaman, Louisiana Ammonia Plant
IPL assumed operational management of the newly constructed 
800,000 metric tonne per annum ammonia plant on 19 October 
2016. The plant uses the industry’s leading technology and is 
among the most efficient plants of its kind in the world, 
employing gas purifier technology and recapturing steam for 
reuse. The plant is also fitted with Selective Catalytic Reduction 
technology to reduce emissions of NOx. Cooling water for the 
plant is sourced sustainably from the Mississippi River, and all 
wastewater and stormwater streams are treated onsite to meet 
strict water quality limits. Cooling water is returned as clean water 
to the river.
As the plant was being completed, IPL engaged a third party to 
assist in the development of a range of Social Return on 
Investment (SROI) metrics. SROI is a principles-based method for 
measuring the extra-financial value created by companies through 
investments such as the development of the Louisiana Ammonia 
Plant. Built on a brownfield site, the development required no 
land clearing and created 65 above-average wage positions and 
4662 flow-on positions (which were valued at average wage). 
The SROI estimated that for every dollar IPL invested in the 
US$820 million Waggaman, Louisiana Ammonia Plant, US$3.40  
of social value has been created in the local community.
Caring for the community 
The Sustainable Communities policy defines IPL’s approach to 
community relations and community investment, and ensures 
that engagement decisions are made locally, at the site level, 
where community needs are best understood. During 2017, 
$379,086 of community investment was made globally through 
IPL’s Dollar-for-Dollar program, the Australian Workplace Giving 
program and various site-based initiatives.
Due to the nature of the business, some IPL sites are located in 
areas where the materials handled have the potential to impact 
on the communities in which they operate. IPL has measures in 
place to monitor, manage and prevent potential negative impacts 
on local communities which could arise. In addition, many sites 
are required by law to communicate regularly with the 
community regarding community safety plans and emergency 
procedures which should be followed to keep them safe in the 
unlikely event of a potential incident. In North America, 50 
percent of IPL’s sites fall into this category. These sites engage 
with communities and emergency first responders, with many 
actively participating in Local Emergency Planning Committees 
(LEPCs) as part of the Community Right to Know Act. In the Asia 
Pacific region, 21 percent of sites have been identified, and these 
follow Safe Work Australia guidelines in communicating with 
their communities. In addition, the IPL Issues Response Manual 
assists crisis management teams to effectively manage 
communication and engagement in the event of an incident. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

ix

Directors’ Report

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company or IPL) present the directors’ report, together with the financial report, of the 
Company and its controlled entities (collectively referred to in this report as the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2017 and 
the related auditor’s report.

Directors
The directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this report are:

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

Paul Brasher BEc(Hons), FCA

Non-executive Chairman

Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee

Mr Brasher was appointed as a director on 29 September 2010 and became Chairman on 30 
June 2012. He is a non-executive director of Amcor Limited, Deputy Chairman of the Essendon 
Football Club and a board member of Teach For Australia. He is also a former director of 
Perpetual Limited. From 1982 to 2009, Mr Brasher was a partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers 
(and its predecessor firm, Price Waterhouse), including five years as the Chairman of the 
Global Board of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Mr Brasher brings to the Board his local and global experience as a senior executive and 
director, particularly in the areas of strategy, finance, audit and risk management and public 
company governance, as well as his experience as a non-executive director of Australian 
companies with significant overseas operations.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Amcor Limited (since January 2014)
•  Director, Perpetual Limited (November 2009 – August 2015)

Joseph Breunig BS(Chemical 
Engineering), MBA

Non-executive director 

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Mr Breunig was appointed as a director on 5 June 2017. Mr Breunig is a U.S. resident and is 
currently a non-executive director of Mineral Technologies Inc. Mr Breunig was previously 
Executive Vice President, Chemicals at Axiall Corporation (formerly Georgia Gulf Corporation) 
and, prior to that, spent 24 years at BASF Corporation where he held a number of senior 
executive positions including Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, BASF 
Corporation, and President, Market and Business Development, North America, BASF SE.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Mineral Technologies Inc. (since November 2014)

Kathryn Fagg FTSE, BE(Hons), 
MCom(Hons), Hon.DBus(UNSW), 
Hon.DChemEng(UQ)

Non-executive director 

Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Ms Fagg was appointed as a director on 15 April 2014. Ms Fagg is a non-executive member of 
the Reserve Bank of Australia, and is also a non-executive director of Djerriwarrh Investments 
Limited and Boral Limited. She is Chair of the Melbourne Recital Centre, Chair of Breast Cancer 
Network Australia and a board member of the Australian Centre for Innovation. Ms Fagg is also 
President of Chief Executive Women. Ms Fagg was previously President of Corporate 
Development at Linfox Logistics Group and, prior to that, she held executive roles with 
BlueScope Steel and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group. Ms Fagg was also a consultant 
with McKinsey and Co. after commencing her career as a chemical engineer.

Ms Fagg brings to the Board extensive executive experience across a range of industries in 
Australia and Asia, including logistics, manufacturing, resources, banking, professional services 
and strategy consulting, as well as her experience in managing international subsidiaries for 
global businesses.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Boral Limited (since September 2014)
•  Director, Djerriwarrh Investments Limited (since May 2014)

Gregory Hayes MAppFin,  
GradDipACC, BA, ACA

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Mr Hayes was appointed as a director on 1 October 2014. Mr Hayes is also a director of The 
Precision Group and Aurrum Holdings Pty Ltd. His prior roles include: non-executive director of  
The Star Entertainment Group Limited, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director of Brambles 
Limited, Chief Executive Officer & Group Managing Director of Tenix Pty Ltd, Chief Financial Officer 
and later interim CEO of the Australian Gaslight Company (AGL), CFO Australia and New Zealand of 
Westfield Holdings and Executive General Manager, Finance of Southcorp Limited.

Mr Hayes is an experienced executive having worked across a range of industries including 
energy, infrastructure and logistics. He brings to the Board skills and experience in the areas of 
strategy, finance, mergers and acquisitions and strategic risk management, in particular in 
listed companies with global operations.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, The Star Entertainment Group Limited (April 2015 – October 2017)

1

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

Brian Kruger BEc

Non-executive director

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

Mr Kruger was appointed as a director on 5 June 2017. Mr Kruger is the former Managing 
Director & CEO of Toll Holdings Limited, having joined Toll in 2009 as Chief Financial Officer, 
before being appointed Managing Director in 2012. Prior to joining Toll, Mr Kruger had a career 
spanning 25 years in the resources and industrial sectors in Australia and the U.S., initially with 
BHP and subsequently with BlueScope Steel which he joined on its demerger from BHP. During 
his time at BlueScope, he held a number of senior corporate finance and management roles, 
including President, North America & Corporate Strategy & Innovation, President, Australian 
Manufacturing Markets and was the company’s inaugural Chief Financial Officer. Mr Kruger is 
also Chairman of Racing Victoria Limited.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Managing Director, Toll Holdings Limited (January 2012 to December 2016)

Rebecca McGrath BTP(Hons),  
MASc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Ms McGrath was appointed as a director on 15 September 2011. Ms McGrath is currently 
Chairman of Oz Minerals Ltd and Investa Office Management Holdings Pty Limited. She is a non-
executive director of Goodman Group and is independent Chairman of Scania Australia Pty Ltd.

During her 23 year career with BP plc, Ms McGrath held a number of senior roles including as 
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Board member for BP Australia and New Zealand. 

Ms McGrath brings to the Board over 20 years’ experience in the international oil industry, 
senior executive experience in operations and finance, an operational and strategic 
understanding of occupational health and safety both as an executive and as a director and 
experience gained through significant exposure to manufacturing and supply chain 
management. 

Graham Smorgon AM 
B.Juris, LLB

Non-executive director

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

James Fazzino BEc(Hons), 
Adjunct Professor, La Trobe 
Business School

Managing Director & CEO

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Goodman Group (since April 2012)
•  Director, Oz Minerals Limited (since November 2010) and Chairman (since May 2017)
•  Director, CSR Limited (February 2012 to October 2016)

Mr Smorgon was appointed as a director on 19 December 2008. Mr Smorgon is Chairman of 
Smorgon Consolidated Investments and the GBM Group, and a Trustee of the Victorian Arts 
Centre Trust. His former roles include non-executive director of Arrium Limited, Chairman of the 
Print Mint Group, director of Fed Square Pty Ltd, Chairman of Smorgon Steel Group Ltd, Deputy 
Chairman of Melbourne Health, Director of The Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical 
Research, Chairman of Creative Brands, Chairman of GBM Logic, and partner of law firm Barker 
Harty & Co, where he practised as a commercial lawyer for 10 years. 

Mr Smorgon has extensive experience as both an executive and public company director in 
industries relevant to IPL including in resources and manufacturing. He brings to the Board skills 
in the areas of commercial law, public company governance and risk management. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Arrium Limited (September 2007 to November 2015)

Mr Fazzino was appointed Managing Director & CEO on 29 July 2009 and will cease as 
Managing Director & CEO on 14 November 2017. 

Mr Fazzino was first appointed as a director on 18 July 2005, following his appointment as 
Chief Financial Officer in May 2003. Before joining IPL, he had many years of experience with 
Orica Limited in several business financial roles, including Investor Relations Manager, Chief 
Financial Officer for the Orica Chemicals group and Project Leader of Orica’s group restructure 
in 2001. Mr Fazzino is also Chairman of the Advisory Board for La Trobe University’s Business 
School and an Adjunct Professor of La Trobe Business School. In September 2017, Mr Fazzino 
was appointed as Chairman of Manufacturing Australia.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

2

Directors’ Report

Company Secretary
Ms Daniella Pereira holds the office of Company Secretary. 

Ms Pereira joined the Company in 2004, and was appointed 
Company Secretary on 31 October 2013. Prior to joining the 
Company, Ms Pereira practised as a lawyer with Blake Dawson 
(now Ashurst). Ms Pereira holds a Bachelor of Laws (with 
Honours) and a Bachelor of Arts.

Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the 
Company, as notified by the directors to the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 205G(1) 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Act), as at the date of this 
report is as follows:

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the course of the 
financial year were the manufacture and distribution of industrial 
explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers, and the provision 
of related services. No significant changes have occurred in the 
nature of these activities during the financial year.

Operating and financial review
Refer to the Operating and Financial Review on page 6 for the 
operating and financial review of the Group during the 
financial year and the results of these operations.

Dividends
Dividends since the last annual report:

Director
P V Brasher(1)
J Breunig
K Fagg(1)
G Hayes(2)
B Kruger(2)
R J McGrath(2)
G Smorgon AM(2)
J E Fazzino(1)

Fully paid ordinary shares 
Incitec Pivot Limited
60,600
0
10,000
10,000
14,620
18,758
13,100 
1,914,562

(1)  Held both directly and indirectly.
(2)  Held indirectly.

Further details of directors’ interests in share capital are set out 
on page 42 of the Remuneration Report. 

Type

Paid during the year

2016 final dividend

2017 interim dividend

To be paid after  
end of year
2017 final dividend

Dealt with in the  
financial report as:

Dividends

Subsequent event

Cents 
per 
share

Total 
amount
$mill

Franked/ 
Unfranked

Date of  
payment

4.6

4.5

77.6

75.9

unfranked

13 December 2016

unfranked

3 July 2017

4.9

82.7

unfranked

19 December 2017

Note

6

23

$mill

153.5

82.7

Directors’ meetings
The number of directors’ meetings held (including meetings of committees of directors) and the number of meetings attended by 
each of the directors of the Company during the financial year are listed below: 

Director – Current(1,2)
P V Brasher(3)
J Breunig(4)
K Fagg
G Hayes
B Kruger(5)
R J McGrath(6)
G Smorgon AM(7)
J E Fazzino(8)
Director – Former
J Marlay(9)

Board

Audit and  
Risk Management

Remuneration

Nominations

Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Community

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

11
4
11
11
4
11
11
11

2

11
3
11
11
4
10
9
10

2

3

6
1
6

2

3

6
1
6

2

1

4

2

4

1

1

4

2

4

1

3

3
3

3

3
3

1
4

4
3
4

1
4

4
3
4

 Chairman  

 Member

(1)  ‘Held’ indicates the number of meetings held during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(2)  ‘Attended’ indicates the number of meetings attended during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(3)  Mr Brasher was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee and the Audit and Risk Management Committee on 16 December 2016 and retired as a 

member of both the Remuneration Committee and the Audit and Risk Management Committee with effect from 1 July 2017.

(4)  Mr Breunig was appointed as a director on 5 June 2017 and as a member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee with effect from 1 July 2017.  

Mr Breunig was an apology for one meeting due to a long-standing commitment which had arisen prior to his appointment as a director of the Company.
(5)  Mr Kruger was appointed as a director on 5 June 2017 and as a member of the Remuneration Committee and the Audit and Risk Management Committee with 

effect from 1 July 2017.

(6)  Ms McGrath was an apology for an extraordinary meeting which was convened at short notice. 
(7)  Mr Smorgon retired as a member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee with effect from 1 July 2017. Mr Smorgon was an apology for two 

meetings due to illness, noting that one of the meetings was an extraordinary meeting convened at short notice.  

(8)  Mr Fazzino was not in attendance for an extraordinary meeting which related to his cessation of employment and transition arrangements. 
(9)  Mr Marlay retired as a director on 16 December 2016.

3

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Unissued shares under IPL’s long term 
incentive performance rights plans
The table below describes the unissued ordinary shares or 
interests under IPL’s long term incentive performance rights 
plans as at the date of this report. Each performance right 
entitles the participant to acquire ordinary shares in Incitec 
Pivot Limited, on a one right to one share basis, for no 
consideration upon vesting. Vesting of the performance rights 
is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Prior to 
vesting, holders of these rights are not entitled to participate in 
any share issue or interest issue of the Company. Performance 
rights expire on vesting or lapsing of the rights. Refer to the 
Remuneration Report commencing on page 23 for further 
details in relation to the performance rights. 

Likely developments
The Operating and Financial Review beginning at page 6 of  
this report contains information on the Company’s business 
strategies and prospects for future financial years, and refers  
to likely developments in the Company’s operations and the 
expected results of these operations in future financial years. 
Information on likely developments in the Company’s 
operations for future financial years and the expected results of 
those operations together with details that could give rise to 
material detriment to the Company (for example, information 
that is commercially sensitive, confidential or could give a third 
party a commercial advantage) have not been included in this 
report where the directors believe it would likely result in 
unreasonable prejudice to the Company.

Date performance  
rights granted 

30 December 2014

5 February 2015

21 January 2016

25 August 2016

25 January 2017

19 April 2017

Total unissued ordinary shares  
under performance rights

Number of ordinary shares  
under performance rights

1,785,446

93,744

1,304,810

150,941

1,905,712

228,832

5,469,485

Shares issued on exercise of  
performance rights
No ordinary shares in Incitec Pivot Limited were issued by the 
Company during the 2017 financial year as no performance 
rights vested under the Company’s 2013/16 Long Term 
Incentive Plan. As at the date of this report, no shares or 
interests have been issued as a result of an exercise of 
performance rights since the end of the 2017 financial year. 

Changes in the state of affairs 
There have been no significant changes to the Group’s state  
of affairs during the financial year.

Events subsequent to reporting date
In November 2017, the directors determined to pay a final 
dividend for the Company of 4.9 cents per share on 19 
December 2017. The dividend is unfranked (refer to note 6 to 
the financial statements).

On 14 November 2017, the Company announced an on-market 
share buyback of up to $300.0m to be conducted over the next 
twelve months.

As announced to the ASX on 9 August 2017, Mr James Fazzino 
will cease as the Managing Director & CEO and will cease 
employment with the Company on 14 November 2017, and Ms 
Jeanne Johns will commence as the Managing Director & CEO on 
15 November 2017.

On 14 November 2017, the Company announced that Mr Greg 
Hayes will retire from the Board with effect from the end of the 
2017 Annual General Meeting to be held on 21 December 2017.

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have 
not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, 
that has affected or may affect the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent years, which has not been covered in  
this report.

Environmental regulation and performance 
The operations of the Group are subject to environmental 
regulation under the jurisdiction of the countries in which 
those operations are conducted including Australia, United 
States of America, Mexico, Chile, Canada, Indonesia, Papua 
New Guinea and Turkey. The Group is committed to complying 
with environmental legislation, regulations, standards and 
licences relevant to its operations.

The environmental laws and regulations generally address 
certain aspects and potential impacts of the Group’s activities 
in relation to, among other things, air and noise quality, soil, 
water, biodiversity and wildlife.

The Group operates under a Global Health, Safety and 
Environment Management System which sets out guidelines 
on the Group’s approach to environmental management, 
including a requirement for sites to undertake an 
Environmental Site Assessment.

In certain jurisdictions, the Group holds licences for some of its 
operations and activities from the relevant environmental 
regulator. The Group measures its compliance with such 
licences and reports statutory non-compliances as required.

Measurement of the Group’s environmental performance, 
including determination of areas of focus and assessment of 
projects to be undertaken, is based not only on the actual 
impact of incidents, but also upon the potential consequence, 
consistent with IPL’s risk based focus.

During the year, the Group has continued to focus on licence 
compliance and identification and mitigation of environmental 
risks. Remediation works have also either been completed 
successfully or progress accomplished at a number of sites in 
the U.S. 

For the 2017 financial year, the Group received fines in 
aggregate of $23,319 for incidents relating to its fertiliser 
operations in Australia. On 31 May 2017, the Land and 
Environment Court of New South Wales ordered a subsidiary  
of the Company to pay a fine of $460,000 and costs of  
$72,750 to the Environment Protection Authority in connection 
with an incident at the Group’s Warkworth manufacturing 
facility in New South Wales involving an inadvertent release of 
waste water during remediation works on site in 2015. The 
Company is appealing the fine in the New South Wales Court 
of Criminal Appeal, and the appeal is listed for hearing in late 
November 2017.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

4

Directors’ Report

Indemnification and insurance of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that, to the extent 
permitted by law, the Company must indemnify any person who 
is, or has been, a director or secretary of the Company against 
any liability incurred by that person including any liability incurred 
as an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company and 
legal costs incurred by that person in defending an action. 

The Constitution further provides that the Company may enter 
into an agreement with any current or former director or 
secretary or a person who is, or has been, an officer of the 
Company or a subsidiary of the Company to indemnify the 
person against such liabilities. 

The Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Indemnity and 
Insurance with officers. The Deeds address the matters set out in 
the Constitution. Pursuant to those deeds, the Company has paid 
a premium in respect of a contract insuring officers of the 
Company and officers of its controlled entities against liability for 
costs and expenses incurred by them in defending civil or 
criminal proceedings involving them as such officers, with some 
exceptions. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the 
nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the 
premium paid. 

Auditor 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu was appointed as the Company’s 
external auditor at the 2011 Annual General Meeting and 
continues in office in accordance with section 327B(2) of the 
Act. Since Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s appointment, Mr Tom 
Imbesi has been appointed as the Company’s lead audit 
partner. Under the Act, the Board may grant approval for a 
lead audit partner to continue to play a significant role in the 
audit of a company beyond 5 successive financial years.

In accordance with the requirements of the Act, and on 
recommendation of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the Board, in June 2016, approved Mr Tom Imbesi 
to continue as lead audit partner for an additional two 
successive financial years, being the financial years ending  
30 September 2017 and 30 September 2018.

Further details in relation to the extension of Mr Imbesi’s term 
can be found in IPL’s 2016 Corporate Governance Statement.

Non-audit services 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu has provided non-audit services to 
the amount of $356,200 during the year ended 30 September 
2017 (refer to note 22 to the financial statements).

As set out in note 22 to the financial statements, the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee must approve individual non-
audit engagements provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
above a value of $100,000, as well as the aggregate amount 
exceeding $250,000 per annum. Further, in accordance with its 
Charter, during the year the Committee has continued to 
monitor and review the independence and objectivity of the 
auditor, having regard to the provision of non-audit services. 
Based on the advice of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services, during the year, by the auditor (or by 
another person or firm on the auditor’s behalf) is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Act and does not compromise the external 
auditor’s independence.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
The lead auditor has provided a written declaration that no 
professional engagement for the Group has been carried out 
during the year that would impair Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s 
independence as auditor.

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is set out on  
page 43.

Rounding
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative 
Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ 
Reports) Instrument 2016/191 issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission dated 24 March 2016 
and, in accordance with that Legislative Instrument, the 
amounts shown in this report and in the financial statements 
have been rounded off, except where otherwise stated, to the 
nearest one hundred thousand dollars.

Corporate Governance Statement
The Company complies with the Australian Securities Exchange 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 3rd 
Edition (ASX Principles). IPL’s Corporate Governance 
Statement, which summarises the Company’s corporate 
governance practices and incorporates the disclosures  
required by the ASX Principles, can be viewed at  
www.incitecpivot.com.au/Corporate_Governance.

5

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Operating and Financial Review

Group Overview

IPL is a global diversified industrial chemicals company that 
manufactures and distributes industrial explosives, industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers. It has operations primarily in Australia, 
where it operates under the globally recognised Dyno Nobel 
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers brands, and in North America where 
it also operates under the Dyno Nobel brand. 

IPL is managed through an upstream/downstream model that 
leverages a common nitrogen manufacturing core. Engineering 
synergies are achieved through the upstream Global 
Manufacturing organisation, whereas market-facing activity is 
conducted through its downstream organisations.

IPL operates two downstream businesses, comprising: 

•  Asia Pacific; and
•  Americas.

Both businesses serve three sectors, consisting of:

•  Explosives;
• 
•  Fertilisers.

Industrial Chemicals; and

IPL’s businesses and sectors, as well as its primary products, are 
set out in the exhibit below.

ASIA PACIFIC

GLOBAL
MANUFACTURING

AMERICAS

PRIMARY PRODUCTS

S
E
V
I
S
O
L
P
X
E

Upstream

Common
Nitrogen
Core

• Explosives: Ammonium nitrate based explosives
• Initiating Systems: Boosters, detonators and control systems
• Services: Consulting and site support

L
A
I
R
T
S
U
D
N

S
L
A
C
I
M
E
H
C

I

S
R
E
S
I
L
I
T
R
E
F

• Ammonia
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
• Fluorosilicic Acid
• Nitric Acid
• Sulphuric Acid
• Industrial Urea
• Ammonia
• Di/mono-ammonium phosphate (DAP/MAP)
• Granulated Ammonium Sulphate (GranAm)
• Single Super Phosphate (SSP)
• Urea
• Urea ammonium nitrate (UAN)

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

6

Directors’ Report

The businesses and respective sectors can be reconciled to IPL’s reportable segments as set out in the following exhibit, which is 
adjusted for Individually Material Items (IMIs) and excludes corporate elimination:

REPORTED SEGMENT

Revenue

EBIT ex IMIs

2017

2016

2017

2016

PRESENTATION

Revenue

EBIT ex IMIs

2017

2016

2017

2016

DNAP(1)

933.2

920.8

189.0

186.1

Explosives

933.2

920.8

189.0

186.1

1,349.8 1,341.9

103.9

104.2

Fertilisers
• Incitec Pivot
  Fertilisers (IPF)
• Southern Cross 
  International 
  (SCI) 
• Elimination

Elimination

(19.2)

(14.9)

Fertilisers
• IPF
• SCI, excluding 
  Industrials & Trading 
  (I&T) component
• Elimination
Industrial Chemicals
• I&T component of SCI
Elimination

1,280.0 1,261.8

78.2

75.3

69.8

80.1

25.7

28.9

(19.2)

(14.9)

Total

2,263.8 2,247.8

292.9

290.3

2,263.8 2,247.8

292.9

290.3

1,251.4

1,150.6

228.4

159.6

DNA(2)
• Explosives
• Agriculture 
  & Industrial 
  Chemicals 
   (Ag&IC)

Explosives
• Explosives
Fertilisers
• Agriculture 
  component of Ag&IC

Industrial Chemicals
• Industrial Chemicals 
  component of Ag&IC

965.1

958.3

155.4

129.2

99.1

132.2

2.2

6.6

187.2

60.1

70.8

23.8

Total

1,251.4 1,150.6

228.4

159.6

1,251.4 1,150.6

228.4

159.6

C
I
F
I
C
A
P

A

I
S
A

S
A
C
I
R
E
M
A

(1) Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific       (2) Dyno Nobel Americas

Zero Harm

IPL prioritises its “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” 
Company value above all others. It does so through a fully 
integrated Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) system 
that provides the foundation for effective identification and 
management of HSE risks. Central to IPL’s HSE system are  
the ‘4Ps’: 

•  Passionate Leadership;
•  People;
•  Procedures; and 
•  Plant. 

In 2012, IPL adopted a long-term Group HSE goal of achieving 
world class safety performance. Among other measures, this 
included reducing Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR)(1) to less than 1.0. In the 2017 financial year, IPL 
achieved a TRIFR of 0.90(2) representing a 35 percent decline 
since 2012. 

Three major manufacturing sites were free of recordable 
injuries in 2017 as follows:

•  Cheyenne, Wyoming (ammonium nitrate plant)
•  Graham, Kentucky (initiating systems plant)
•  Helidon, Queensland (initiating systems plant)

As demonstrated in the following chart, Employee Lost Day 
Severity Rate(3) also declined significantly. Since 2012, this 
measure has fallen 89 percent.

7

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

TRIFR and Employee Lost Day Severity Rate

1.6

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

40

30

20

10

0

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

12 Month Rolling TRIFR (LHS)

Employee Lost Day Severity Rate (RHS)

The 2017 result is an important milestone toward achieving 
IPL’s vision of “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”. 
Notwithstanding progress to date, IPL will continue to focus on 
further improvement of its safety performance. 

IPL’s HSE system works in tandem with the Business Excellence 
(BEx) continuous and focused improvement system described 
on the following page.

(1) TRIFR calculated as the number of recordable injuries per 200,000 hours worked; 

includes contractors.

(2) Subject to finalisation of the classification of any pending incidents. 
(3) Employee Lost Day Severity Rate calculated as the number of employee lost workdays 

per 200,000 hours worked represented in days; does not include contractors.

Total GHG emissions

 
Strategy

IPL’s strategy is to leverage its core nitrogen and high 
explosive manufacturing competencies by aligning to 
major market dislocations. It does so through an upstream/
downstream model that leverages a common nitrogen 
manufacturing core. 

Underpinning IPL’s strategy is its commitment to Zero Harm, 
which reflects the primacy of safety within the organisation. 

The immediate focus for IPL is to optimise existing 
manufacturing assets, improve productivity and execute 
strategies to maximise returns. BEx, IPL’s globally integrated 
continuous and focused improvement system, aims to drive 
sustainable and ongoing business efficiency and productivity 
through an empowered and engaged workforce. 

Waggaman, Louisiana Ammonia Plant

In April 2013, IPL announced an investment of US$850m to 
build an 800,000 metric tonne per annum ammonia plant 
in Waggaman, Louisiana (Waggaman). Construction of the 
plant was completed in September 2016 and IPL assumed 
management of the plant on 19 October 2016. Earnings from 
the plant were recognised in IPL’s result from 1 November 
2016.

The plant delivered 74 percent of its 800,000 metric tonne 
per annum nameplate capacity in 2017 when measured from 
1 November 2016. It is expected to operate at nameplate in 
2018. 

BEx

BEx is IPL’s continuous and focused improvement system. 
Based on the Toyota Production System and launched in 2012, 
BEx is deployed throughout IPL’s global organisation and is 
integral to the way in which IPL operates.

Through BEx, IPL has built a culture that fosters productivity 
improvements and sustainability initiatives, while also 
prioritising Zero Harm. 

A bottom-up business system, BEx reflects IPL’s corporate 
values and has lean principles at its core. 

In 2016, IPL announced its strategic response to the challenges 
facing the markets in which it operated. This response included 
the acceleration of BEx through an Organisation Focused 
Improvement (OFI) program that was designed to deliver 
$80m of sustainable operating efficiencies and $20m of 
sustainable capital expenditure savings by 2017. 

Net productivity benefits from the OFI program in 2017 
were $176m. Together with $16m in 2016, the OFI program 
delivered $192m of net productivity benefits overall.

Total cash benefit from the OFI program, which concluded on 
30 September 2017, was $214m.

Group Financial Performance

IPL delivered Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) excluding minority 
interests of $318.7m in 2017, an increase of $190.6m when 
compared to 2016 NPAT.

Group Performance 

Group EBIT increased 17 percent, or $73.1m, to $501.2m, as 
compared to 2016, excluding 2016 Individually Material Items 
(ex IMIs) of $167.1m.

Year Ended 30 September

IPL GROUP

Revenue
EBITDA ex IMIs(1)
EBIT ex IMIs(2)
NPAT ex IMIs(3)
IMIs after tax
NPAT

Business EBIT ex IMIs

Americas
Asia Pacific
Elimination and Corporate

Group EBIT ex IMIs

Sector EBIT ex IMIs

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals
Fertilisers
Elimination and Corporate

Group EBIT ex IMIs
EBIT margin ex IMIs

2017
A$m

3,473.4
774.5
501.2
318.7
–
318.7

228.4
292.9
(20.1)

501.2

344.4
96.5
80.4
(20.1)

2016
A$m

Change
%

3,353.7
672.6
428.1
295.2
(167.1)
128.1

 3.6
 15.2 
 17.1 
 8.0 
–

 148.8 

159.6
290.3
(21.8)

428.1

315.3
52.7
81.9
(21.8)

 43.1 
 0.9 
 7.8 

 17.1 

 9.2 
83.1
(1.8)
 7.8 

 17.1 

501.2
 14.4%

428.1
 12.8%

(1)   EBITDA ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation, 

excluding IMIs.

(2)   EBIT ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest and Tax, excluding IMIs.
(3)   NPAT ex IMIs = Net Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders excluding IMIs.

US$ EBIT from the Americas business increased 46 percent to 
US$173.1m largely due to BEx initiatives, continued Quarry & 
Construction growth and initial Waggaman operational earnings 
and delay damages. These advances were partially offset by 
reduced Fertiliser earnings resulting from a further decline in 
global nitrogen prices.

EBIT from the Asia Pacific business increased 1 percent to 
$292.9m. Contributing factors included resilient Explosives 
demand and a strong Fertilisers result in the face of persisting 
headwinds.

A detailed analysis of the performance of each business and 
respective outlook is provided on the following pages. 

Group Cash Flow and Financial Position

Operating cash flow increased $72.4m as compared to 2016. 
This increase is largely attributable to a 15 percent increase in 
EBITDA and a decline in net income tax paid, but somewhat 
offset by increased net interest paid. 

IPL’s Balance Sheet remains sound, reflecting the Group’s 
ongoing commitment to financial discipline and effective cash 
management. As at 30 September 2017, IPL had net debt of 
$1,291.9m(1). Net debt/LTM(2) EBITDA of 1.7x remained within 
IPL’s target range of less than 2.5x.

(1)   Net debt aggregates interest bearing liabilities plus the fair value of 

derivative instruments in place economically to hedge the Group’s interest 
bearing liabilities, less available cash and cash equivalents.

(2)   LTM: Last Twelve Months.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

8

Directors’ Report

Year Ended 30 September

2017
A$m

2016
A$m

Change
A$m

Intangible assets decreased by $61.5m mainly as a result  
of the impact of foreign currency translation of non-A$ 
denominated assets and amortisation of intangibles.

IPL GROUP

Balance Sheet

Assets
%
TWC – Fertilisers
17.5
TWC – Explosives
15.0
Group TWC
Net PP&E
12.5
Intangible assets

10.0

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

(170.2)
119.7
(50.5)
3,854.8
3,121.0

(169.6)
120.4
(49.2)
3,892.7
3,182.5

Fertilisers

(0.6)
(0.7)
(1.3)
(37.9)
(61.5)

Total Assets

7.5
Liabilities
5.0
Environmental & restructure provisions
Tax liabilities
Net other liabilities
Net debt
(2.5)

2.5

0

6,925.3

7,026.0

(100.7)

(115.5)
(499.3)
(259.5)
(1,291.9)

(129.9)
(435.2)
(490.8)
(1,393.8)

14.4
(64.1)
231.3
101.9

Total Liabilities
FY12

FY13

Net Assets

Equity

Key Performance Indicators 

(2,166.2)

(2,449.7)

FY15

FY16

283.5

FY14

4,759.1

4,576.3

4,759.1

4,576.3

182.8

182.8

Net tangible assets/share
Group – Average TWC as % Rev(1)

Basic earnings per share (before individually material items)
0.14
Basic earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

0.83
5.0%

0.97
4.7%

Cents
35
Credit Metrics
30
Net debt
Interest cover(2) 
Net debt/LTM EBITDA ex IMIs

20

25

(1,291.9)
7.9x
1.7x

(1,393.8)
7.9x
2.1x

101.9

Tax liabilities increased by $64.1m to $499.3m largely due to 
timing differences between tax and accounting depreciation 
rates related to property, plant and equipment and 
intangibles, partially offset by the impact of the higher A$  
on foreign currency denominated tax liabilities. 

Net other liabilities decreased by $231.3m over the period to 
$259.5m mainly due to favourable market value movements 
of derivative hedging instruments (offsetting foreign exchange 
movements in US$ net assets), and movements in retirement 
benefit obligations.

Net debt of $1,291.9m was down $101.9m relative to 2016 
due in part to increased cash flow from Waggaman. The fair 
value of balance sheet hedges as at 30 September 2017  
was $304.3m.

Capital Allocation

IPL’s capital allocation process is centralised and overseen by 
the Group’s Corporate Finance and Strategy & Business 
Development functions. Capital is invested on a prioritised 
basis and all submissions are assessed against IPL’s risk, HSE, 
financial, strategic and corporate governance criteria. Capital is 
broadly categorised into major growth capital, minor growth 
capital and sustenance capital.

(1)  Average TWC as % Revenue = 13 month average trade working capital/ 

15

annual revenue. 

IPL GROUP

10

(2)  Interest cover = 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs/net interest expense.

5

Capital Expenditure (Cash Flow)

Year Ended 30 September

2017
A$m

2016 Change
%
A$m

(83.1)

(215.2)

 61.4 

(83.1)
(35.7)
(16.3)

(52.0)
(113.1)
(71.5)

(215.2)
(10.7)
(19.1)

(29.8)
(126.9)
(63.6)

 61.4 
(233.6)
 14.7 

(74.5)
 10.9 
(12.4)

(184.6)

(190.5)

 3.1 

(319.7)

(435.5)

 26.6 

Waggaman

Major growth capital
Asia Pacific
Americas

Minor growth capital
Asia Pacific
Americas

Sustenance

Total 

Major growth capital expenditure of $83.1m relates to the 
construction of Waggaman (including payments against 
balances outstanding from 2016 of $49.5m). Total project 
spend in relation to Waggaman as at 30 September 2017 was 
US$814.7m (excluding capitalised interest of US$86.1m), 4 
percent below initial project budget.

Minor growth capital expenditure was $52.0m and sustenance 
capital expenditure was $184.6m primarily relating to 
turnaround activity at the Moranbah, Mt Isa (part of the 
Phosphate Hill complex) and Cheyenne, Wyoming plants.

Shareholder Returns and Dividends

Earnings per share (EPS) increased 1.4 cents per share to 18.9 
cents per share as compared to 2016 ex IMIs.

In November 2017, the Directors of IPL determined to pay an 
unfranked final dividend of 4.9 cents per share payable in 
December 2017, bringing total dividends paid with respect to 
the 2017 financial year to 9.4 cents per share. This represents 
a payout ratio of approximately 50 percent for the 2017 
financial year.

0

The tenor and diversity of IPL’s debt is set out in the  
following exhibit:

2013

2015

2014

2016

2017

Available limits

Drawn funds

Debt Profile

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Bank facility
AUD360m

Bank facility
USD217m

Bond
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

Bank facility
USD500m

Reg S
USD400m

Maturity
Date

Oct 18

Oct 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Oct 21

Aug 27

Net Property, Plant & Equipment decreased by $37.9m to 
$3,854.8m. Significant movements included depreciation of 
($249.6m), impact of foreign currency translation of non-A$ 
denominated assets of ($48.5m) and asset disposals of 
($23.4m). This was partially offset by capital expenditure on 
Waggaman of $33.6m (including capitalised interest), minor 
growth spend of $34.7m and sustenance capital expenditure of 
$215.5m (including plant turnarounds).

9

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Sensitivities
The following table provides sensitivities to key earnings 
drivers as they relate to the 2017 financial year. As 
demonstrated, IPL’s earnings are influenced by movements in 
global commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. Investors 
should be cognisant of these factors. 

2017 Sensitivities

Commodity

Proxy Index

EBIT Sensitivies

Americas
Ammonia(1)
Natural Gas(2)
UAN(3)
Urea(4) 
FX EBIT Translation(5)

Asia Pacific
DAP(6)
Urea(7) 
FX transactional(6,7)

CFR Tampa
Henry Hub
FOB NOLA
FOB NOLA

+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$5.4m
+/- US$0.10/mmbtu = -/+ US$2.5m
+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$2.1m
+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$1.3m
+/- A$/US$0.01 = -/+ A$2.9m

FOB Tampa
FOB Middle East

+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$12.3m
+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$5.3m
+/- A$/US$0.01 = -/+ A$6.9m

(1)   Based on actual 2017 Waggaman manufactured and sold ammonia of 540.2k 

metric tonnes.

(2)  Based on actual 2017 Waggaman and St Helens natural gas consumption of 

25,228.5mmbtu. 

(3)  Based on actual 2017 St Helens and Cheyenne manufactured and sold UAN 

of 213.2k metric tonnes.

(4)  Based on actual 2017 St Helens and Cheyenne manufactured and sold urea 

of 127.9k metric tonnes.

(5)  Based on actual 2017 Americas EBIT of US$173.1m and an average 2017 

exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.762.

(6)  Based on actual 2017 Phosphate Hill manufactured and sold DAP of 938.0k 
metric tonnes, 2017 average exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.762, and average 
2017 realised DAP price of US$331.8/metric tonne. 

(7)  Based on actual 2017 Gibson Island manufactured and sold urea equivalents 
of 403.0k metric tonnes, 2017 average exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.762, and 
2017 average realised urea price of US$214.1/metric tonne.

Group Outlook and Sensitivities

IPL does not provide profit guidance primarily due to the 
variability of commodity prices and foreign exchange 
movements. Instead, IPL provides an outlook for business 
performance expectations and sensitivities to key earnings 
drivers based on management’s view at the time of this 
Report.

Explosives

In Americas, continued growth in the Quarry & Construction 
sector is expected to benefit earnings in 2018.

In Asia Pacific, recent Coal, Base & Precious Metals and 
International activity has been encouraging, with the long-
term production outlook improving, particularly in 
Queensland’s Bowen Basin.

Industrial Chemicals

Operational earnings are expected to grow as Waggaman 
continues to increase production levels. These earnings are 
subject to movements in global ammonia and natural gas 
prices. 

Fertilisers

Earnings will continue to be dependent on global fertiliser 
prices and the A$/US$ exchange rate.

A major turnaround of Phosphate Hill is scheduled to 
commence in mid-March 2018, with an expected duration of  
six weeks.

The QGC gas contract will benefit Phosphate Hill for the full 
12 months of 2018 (nine months in 2017). The PWC contract 
remains on track to deliver gas from the Northern Territory 
from 2019.

The current gas supply arrangement for Gibson Island will 
cease on 30 September 2018 and if economically viable gas 
cannot be secured for the period commencing 1 October 2018, 
it is likely the facility will cease manufacturing operations.

Group

Outlook for certain corporate items as they relate to 2018 are 
set out below: 

•  Corporate: Corporate costs are expected to be 

approximately $22m.

•  Buyback: In November 2017, IPL announced an on-market 
share buyback of up to $300m to be conducted over the 
next 12 months.

•  Borrowing Costs: Net borrowing expense is expected to be 
approximately $130m, which includes the expected impact 
of increased interest rates in the global economy.

•  Hedging: 60 percent of estimated first half 2018 US$ linked 

fertiliser sales are hedged at a rate of $0.80 with full 
participation in downward rate movements.

•  Turnarounds: A major turnaround of Phosphate Hill is 
scheduled to commence in mid-March 2018, with an 
expected duration of six weeks. The Cheyenne, Wyoming 
plant turnaround, which commenced in September 2017, 
was completed in October 2017.

•  BEx: Targeting at least $25m of sustainable net productivity 

benefits.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

10

Directors’ Report

Americas

Explosives

Asia Pacific

56%

2017 EBIT 
Contribution(1) 

Ame rica s
44%

(1)  Excludes elimination

The Americas business comprises three downstream sectors, 
consisting of:

•  Explosives;
• 
•  Fertilisers. 

Industrial Chemicals; and

Downstream operations market and sell the output of fully 
integrated upstream Global Manufacturing assets and third 
party sourced products. 

EBIT from the Americas business increased 46 percent to 
US$173.1m largely due to BEx initiatives, continued Quarry & 
Construction growth and initial Waggaman operational 
earnings and delay damages. These advances were partially 
offset by reduced Fertiliser earnings resulting from a further 
decline in global nitrogen prices.

AMERICAS

Year Ended 30 September

2017

2016

Change 
%

US$m

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals

Fertilisers

Revenue

Explosives

Industrial Chemicals

Fertilisers

EBIT

EBIT margin

A$m

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

735.8
142.7

75.6

705.3
44.2

97.3

954.1 

846.8 

117.8

53.7

1.6

173.1 

18.1%

95.7

17.6

4.9

118.2 

14.0%

1,251.4 

1,150.6 

228.4 

159.6 

18.3%

13.9%

 4.3
 222.9

(22.3)

 12.7

 23.1

 205.1

(67.3)

 46.4

 8.8

 43.1

11

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Through Dyno Nobel, IPL provides ammonium nitrate based 
explosives, initiating systems and services to the Quarry & 
Construction, Base & Precious Metals and Coal sectors in 
North America. Ammonium nitrate is often sold in 
conjunction with higher margin proprietary initiating systems 
and services. 

Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives 
distributor in North America by volume. It provides 
ammonium nitrate, initiating systems and services to the 
Quarry & Construction sector in the southern US, northeast 
US and Canada, to the Coal sector in the Powder River Basin, 
Illinois Basin and Appalachia, and to the Base & Precious 
Metals sector in the US midwest, US west and Canada.

Earnings from the Explosives sector increased US$22.1m as 
compared to 2016, primarily due to continued growth in the 
Quarry & Construction sector, increased Coal and Base & 
Precious Metals volume and BEx initiatives.

EXPLOSIVES

Thousand metric tonnes

Quarry & Construction

Base & Precious Metals

Coal

Products sold

US$m

Quarry & Construction

Base & Precious Metals

Coal

Other(1)

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Year Ended 30 September

2017

2016

Change 
%

193.8

202.8

316.5

713.1

260.0

171.3

158.0

146.5

735.8

117.8

16.0%

179.6

182.3

279.4

641.3

249.4

152.8

145.9

157.2

705.3

 7.9 

 11.2 

 13.3 

 11.2 

 4.3 

 12.1 

 8.3 

(6.8)

 4.3 

95.7

 23.1 

13.6%

(1)   Other includes IPL Asia Pacific and 3rd Party Initiating Systems revenue.  
Also includes Dyno Nobel Transportation (DNTI) and Tradestar revenue.

Manufacturing

In North America, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium 
nitrate at its Cheyenne, Wyoming and Louisiana, Missouri 
plants. The Cheyenne, Wyoming plant is adjacent to the 
Powder River Basin, North America’s most competitive 
thermal coal mining region. The Louisiana, Missouri plant has 
a competitive logistic footprint from which to support mining 
in both Appalachia and the Illinois Basin. 

Ammonium nitrate production from the Cheyenne, Wyoming 
and Louisiana, Missouri plants increased 24 percent in 
aggregate during the period as compared to 2016 with both 
plants fully utilised in the second half. The period included 
the scheduled major turnaround of the Cheyenne, Wyoming 
plant which was completed in October 2017. 

Initiating systems are manufactured at Dyno Nobel’s facilities 
in Connecticut, Kentucky, Illinois, Missouri, Chile and Mexico, 
and are also sourced from DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 
(DetNet), an IPL electronics joint venture.

 
 
 
 
 
Qua rry & 

Construction

27%

Qua rry & 

Construction

44%

Quarry & Construction

44 percent of Americas Explosives revenue was generated 
from the Quarry & Construction sector in 2017. Dyno Nobel 
has a leading position in this end market, which benefits 
from a favourable mix of high grade explosives, proprietary 
initiating systems and services.

Sector volume grew 8 percent as compared to 2016 with 
revenue up 4 percent. Volume growth was strong across the 
US, with the largest volume growth coming through Dyno 
Nobel joint venture operations. Reported revenue does not 
reflect the value added products and services provided by the 
joint ventures, which are equity accounted.

Base &
Precious
Metals
28%

Base &
Precious
Metals
29%

Americas Explosives 
Volume

Americas Explosives 
Revenue(1)

Met Coal
1%

Thermal
Coal
26%

Met Coal
2%

Thermal
Coal
43%

(1)   Excludes Other

Outlook

Americas Explosives 
Volume

Americas Explosives 
Revenue(1)

Continued growth in the Quarry & Construction sector is 
expected to benefit Americas earnings in 2018. 

Qua rry & 
Construction
27%

Qua rry & 
Construction
44%

(1)   Excludes Other

Base & Precious Metals

29 percent of Americas Explosives revenue was generated from 
the Base & Precious Metals sector in the year, the majority of 
which was from iron ore and copper mines in the US. 

Qua rry & 
Construction
27%

Sector revenue increased 12 percent during the period with 
volumes up 11 percent. The growth can be attributed to the 
impact of favourable market fundamentals for iron ore  
and copper.

Base &
Precious
Metals
28%

Base &
Precious
Metals
29%

Qua rry & 
Construction
44%

Americas Explosives 
Volume

Americas Explosives 
Revenue(1)

Met Coal
2%

Met Coal
1%

Thermal
Coal
43%

Base &
Precious
Metals
28%

Thermal
Coal
26%

Base &
Precious
Metals
29%

(1)   Excludes Other

Coal 

Met Coal
2%

27 percent of Americas Explosives revenue was generated 
Met Coal
by the Coal sector in 2017, the vast majority of which was 
1%
from product supplied to thermal coal mines in the Powder 
River Basin. 

Thermal
Coal
26%

Thermal
Coal
43%

Coal revenue increased 8 percent during the period as 
compared to 2016, with volumes up 13 percent. As above, 
this can be partially attributed to improved conditions and 
the impact of a contract awarded in the first half which was 
disclosed in May 2017.

Industrial Chemicals

The Americas business manufactures and distributes industrial 
chemicals under the Dyno Nobel brand in the US. These 
products include ammonia, ammonium nitrate solution, CO2, 
DEF and nitric acid, and are produced at the Louisiana, 
Missouri; Cheyenne, Wyoming and St Helens, Oregon plants. 

Industrial Chemicals earnings increased US$36.1m as 
compared to 2016, which included initial operational 
earnings from Waggaman of US$15.4m and delay damages 
of US$35.1m as disclosed on 18 January 2017.

INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS

Year Ended 30 September

Plant

2017

2016

Thousand metric tonnes
Ammonia

Manufactured product

Waggaman

US$m
Waggaman Internal Revenue(1)
Waggaman External Revenue(2)
Other
Revenue

Waggaman Operational Earnings
Waggaman Delay Damages
Other
EBIT

EBIT margin

EBITDA

EBITDA margin

540.2

540.2

79.1
91.5
51.2
142.7

15.4
35.1
3.2
53.7

37.6%

75.3

52.8%

42.0

42.0

–
–
44.2
44.2

–
15.6
2.0
17.6

39.8%

8.0

18.1%

(1)  Internal revenue comprised of revenue generated from Dyno Nobel entities, 

which is eliminated in reporting.

(2)  External revenue comprised of revenue from third parties.

Manufacturing

As noted above, Waggaman delivered 74 percent of its 
800,000 metric tonne per annum nameplate capacity in 2017 
when measured from 1 November 2016. It is expected to 
operate at nameplate in 2018. 

Outlook 

Industrial Chemicals operational earnings are expected to 
grow as Waggaman continues to increase production levels. 
These earnings are subject to movements in ammonia and 
natural gas prices. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

12

Directors’ Report

Fertilisers

Asia Pacific

Dyno Nobel manufactures and distributes nitrogen-based 
fertilisers in the United States at two locations: 

•  St Helens, Oregon; and
•  Cheyenne, Wyoming.

Fertilisers earnings declined US$3.3m as compared to 2016. 
This was largely due to lower global prices as well as the 
impact of the scheduled Cheyenne, Wyoming plant 
turnaround, but partially offset by BEx initiatives.

Year Ended 30 September

2017 EBIT 
Contribution(1)

Asia Pacific
56%

Ame rica s

44%

(1)  Excludes elimination

The Asia Pacific business comprises three downstream sectors, 
consisting of:

•  Explosives;
• 
•  Fertilisers.

Industrial Chemicals; and

Downstream operations market and sell the output of fully 
integrated upstream Global Manufacturing assets and third 
party sourced products. 

EBIT from the Asia Pacific business increased 1 percent to 
$292.9m. Contributing factors included resilient Explosives 
demand and a strong Fertilisers result in the face of  
persisting headwinds.

Year Ended 30 September

ASIA PACIFIC

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals
Fertilisers
Asia Pacific Elimination

Revenue

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals
Fertilisers

EBIT

EBIT margin

Explosives

2016
A$m

Change
%

2017
A$m

933.2
69.8
1,280.0
(19.2)

920.8
80.1
1,261.8
(14.9)

2,263.8

2,247.8

189.0
25.7
78.2

292.9

12.9%

186.1
28.9
75.3

290.3

12.9%

 1.3 
(12.9)
 1.4 
 28.9 

 0.7 

 1.6 
(11.1)
 3.9 

 0.9 

Through Dyno Nobel, IPL provides ammonium nitrate based 
industrial explosives, initiating systems and services to the Coal 
and Base & Precious Metals sectors in Australia, and 
internationally to a number of countries including Indonesia, 
Malaysia, Papua New Guinea and Turkey through its 
subsidiaries and joint ventures. Ammonium nitrate is often sold 
in conjunction with proprietary initiating systems and services. 

Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives 
distributor in Australia by volume, which in turn is the world’s 
third largest industrial explosives market. In Australia, Dyno 
Nobel primarily supplies its products to metallurgical coal 
mines in the east and to iron ore mines in the west.

Plant

2017

2016

Cheyenne
St Helens
Cheyenne
St Helens

FERTILISERS

Thousand metric tonnes

UAN

Urea

Manufactured product

UAN and Urea

Product sold

US$m

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Manufacturing

Change 
%

(22.0)
 15.4 
(5.4)
 25.9

(4.5)

 0.9 

 0.9 

154.7
58.5
24.4
103.5

198.3
50.7
25.8
82.2

341.1

357.0

351.1

348.0

351.1

348.0

75.6

1.6

2.1%

97.3

(22.3)

4.9

(67.3)

5.0%

In aggregate, the St Helens, Oregon and Cheyenne, Wyoming 
plants produced 341.1k metric tonnes of UAN and urea in 
2017, a 5 percent decrease period on period. As noted 
above, this included the impact of a major turnaround at  
the Cheyenne, Wyoming plant, which was completed in 
October 2017.

Outlook

Americas Fertilisers earnings will remain subject to movements 
in commodity prices, in particular urea and UAN. 

13

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
Explosives earnings increased by $2.9m as compared to 2016, 
driven by resilient customer demand but partially offset by the 
impact of the scheduled Moranbah turnaround. The result was 
underpinned by sustained Bowen Basin metallurgical coal 
demand, privileged position of the Moranbah plant and growth 
in the Western Australia Base & Precious Metals sector.

Year Ended 30 September

EXPLOSIVES

Plant

2017

2016

Thousand metric tonnes
Ammonium nitrate

Moranbah

 321.2 

 344.7 

Manufactured product (ex JVs)

 321.2 

 344.7 

Change 
%

(6.8)

(6.8)

0.7

9.8

 378.0 

 243.8 

 113.1 

 375.4 

 222.1 

 93.6 

 20.8

 734.9 

 691.1 

 6.3 

 442.6 
 352.3 
 138.3 

 460.4 
 333.4 
 127.0 

 933.2 

 920.8 

 189.0 

 186.1 

20.3%

20.2%

(3.9)
 5.7
 8.9

 1.3

 1.6

Coal

Base & Precious Metals
International
Product sold

A$m
Coal
Base & Precious Metals
International

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Manufacturing

In Australia, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium nitrate at its 
Moranbah ammonium nitrate plant, which is located in the 
Bowen Basin, the world’s premier metallurgical coal region. It 
also sources third party ammonium nitrate from time to time. 

Moranbah was commissioned in 2012 and produced a record 
345k metric tonnes of ammonium nitrate in 2016. As set out 
below, the plant continued to produce at record levels in 2017, 
manufacturing 321k metric tonnes of ammonium nitrate 
notwithstanding a scheduled four-yearly major turnaround.

Initiating systems are manufactured in Australia at Dyno 
Nobel’s Helidon, Queensland facility and are also sourced from 
IPL facilities in the Americas and from DetNet.

Moranbah Ammonium Nitrate Production
Thousand metric tonnes

400

300

200

100

0

290 

160 

130 

310 

161

149

345 

176

169

346

182

25

139

2014

2015

2016

2017

1H

2H

Approximate Lost Production due to Turnaround

Coal 

47 percent of Asia Pacific Explosives revenue was generated 
from the Coal sector in 2017, the majority of which was from 
supply to metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin. In 
aggregate, 52 percent of Asia Pacific ammonium nitrate 
volume was supplied to the sector.

Revenue from the Coal sector declined 4 percent as 
compared to 2016, largely driven by the impact of the 
Moranbah turnaround and Cyclone Debbie. This result 
highlighted the resilience of the Bowen Basin as the world’s 
premier metallurgical coal mining region, with Coal exports 
up over the course of the year.

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Volume

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Revenue

Met Coal
48%

Met Coal
43%

Thermal Coal
4%

Thermal Coal
4%

Base & Precious Metals

Precious
Metals
8%

38 percent of Asia Pacific Explosives revenue was generated 
from the Base & Precious Metals sector in 2017. In 
aggregate, 33 percent of Asia Pacific ammonium nitrate 
volume was supplied to the sector, which comprises iron ore 
mines in Western Australia and hard rock and underground 
Iron Ore
25%
mines throughout Australia.

Precious
Metals
17%

Iron Ore
21%

Met Coal
43%

Met Coal
48%

Revenue from the sector increased by 6 percent during the 
period, largely driven by a recovery in commodity prices, 
particularly iron ore, and increased volume output from 
miners in Western Australia. 
Thermal Coal
4%

Thermal Coal
4%

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Volume

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Revenue

Precious
Metals
8%

Iron Ore
25%

International

Precious
Metals
17%

Iron Ore
21%

15 percent of Asia Pacific Explosives revenue was generated 
internationally including in Indonesia, Malaysia, Papua New 
Guinea and Turkey. 

International revenue increased 9 percent as compared to 
2016, largely driven by activity in Indonesia as well as in 
Turkey and Papua New Guinea.

Outlook

Recent Coal, Base & Precious Metals and International activity 
has been encouraging, with the long-term production outlook 
improving, particularly in the Bowen Basin.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

14

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

Industrial Chemicals

IPF’s business model is illustrated in the following exhibit:

 69.8 

 80.1 

(12.9)

 25.7 

 28.9 

(11.1)

36.8%

36.1%

Fertilisers earning increased $2.9m or 4% as compared to 
2016. This result was largely driven by increased distribution 
volume and BEx initiatives. 

Manufacturing

•  Phosphate Hill
•  Gibson Island

•  Geelong
•  Portland

International 
Sales & Marketing

International
3rd Parties

Domestic 
Sales & Marketing

Domestic
Dealers

Domestic
Farmers

Domestic
Wholesalers

FERTILISERS

Year Ended 30 September

Plant

2017

2016

Change 
%

Thousand metric tonnes
DAP/MAP
Urea/GranAm,  
Ammonia
SSP

Phosphate Hill
Gibson Island

Portland  
& Geelong

 940.5 
 500.8 

 1,009.6 
 436.5 

(6.8)
 14.7

 347.4 

 385.7 

(9.9)

Manufactured product

 1,788.7 

 1,831.8 

(2.4)

Product sold

 2,836.6 

 2,561.3 

 10.7

A$m
Domestic Sales & Marketing
International Sales & Marketing
Fertilisers Elimination

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

1,274.8 
219.0 
(213.8)

1,164.2 
293.6 
(196.0)

1,280.0

1,261.8

78.2

6.1%

75.3

6.0%

 9.5
(25.4)
(9.1)

 1.4

 3.9

The Asia Pacific business manufactures and distributes 
industrial chemicals under the IPF brand in eastern Australia. 
Products include ammonia, CO2, DEF, specialty chemicals and 
industrial urea. These products are primarily manufactured at 
the Gibson Island plant. 

Industrial Chemicals earnings declined by $3.2m as 
compared to 2016 primarily driven by falling nitrogen 
commodity prices.

Year Ended 30 September

Plant

2017

2016

Gibson Island
Gibson Island
Gibson Island
Portland & 
Geelong

 18.6 
 42.9 
 13.0 
 3.1 

 24.0 
 41.7 
 9.3 
 2.9 

 77.6 

 77.9 

 245.7 

 248.0 

Change 
%

(22.5)
 2.9 
 39.8 
 6.9 

(0.4)

(0.9)

INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS

Thousand metric tonnes
Ammonia
Urea
DEF
Specialty Chemicals

Manufactured product

Product sold

A$m
Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Outlook 

Industrial Chemicals volumes in 2018 are expected to be 
broadly consistent with those of 2017, with earnings subject 
to movements in commodity prices.

Fertilisers

IPF is Australia’s largest domestic manufacturer and supplier 
of fertilisers by volume. 

Internationally, IPF sells to major offshore agricultural 
markets in Asia Pacific, the Indian subcontinent and Brazil.  
It also procures fertilisers from overseas manufacturers to 
meet domestic seasonal peaks. Much of this activity is 
conducted through Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong 
based subsidiary. 

IPF manufactures the following fertilisers at four locations: 

•  Phosphate Hill: DAP and MAP;
•  Gibson Island: Ammonia (Big N), GranAm and Urea; and
•  Geelong and Portland: SSP.

15

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing

Phosphate Hill produced 940.5k metric tonnes of ammonium 
phosphates in 2017. The period included the impact of 
maintenance that was accelerated to coincide with 
depressed DAP prices. Since 2015, the plant has produced an 
average of approximately 1,000k metric tonnes annually.

Delivery of gas to Phosphate Hill under the QGC contract 
secured in 2016 commenced on 1 January 2017, reducing 
realised gas costs to the plant for nine months of 2017. The 
QGC contract will benefit Phosphate Hill for the full 12 
months of 2018. 

Phosphate Hill Ammonium Phosphate Production
Thousand metric tonnes

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Average:
~1,000k metric tonnes

1,043 

536

1,010 

509

772 

376

396

507

501

941

498

442

2014

2015

2016

2017

1H

2H

Domestic Sales & Marketing

Revenue from Domestic Sales & Marketing increased 10 
percent as compared to 2016, primarily driven by increased 
distribution volume which was up 21 percent. This tailwind 
was partially offset by a further decline in realised DAP and 
urea prices which remain below long-term trend.

The Pinkenba Primary Distribution Centre was sold during the 
year which generated $13.2m of earnings.

International Sales & Marketing

Revenue from International Sales & Marketing decreased  
25 percent largely due to a decline in DAP and urea prices.

Outlook

Fertilisers earnings will continue to be dependent on global 
fertiliser prices and the A$/US$ exchange rate.

A major turnaround of Phosphate Hill is scheduled to 
commence in mid-March 2018, with an expected duration of  
six weeks.

As noted above, the QGC gas contract will benefit  
Phosphate Hill for the full 12 months of 2018 (nine months 
in 2017). The PWC contract remains on track to deliver gas 
from the Northern Territory from 2019.

The current gas supply arrangement for Gibson Island will 
cease on 30 September 2018 and if economically viable gas 
cannot be secured for the period commencing 1 October 2018, 
it is likely the facility will cease manufacturing operations.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

16

Directors’ Report

Principal Risks

Set out below are the principal risks and uncertainties associated with IPL’s business and operations. These risks, which may occur 
individually or concurrently, could significantly affect the Group’s business and operations. There may be additional risks unknown 
to IPL and other risks, currently believed to be immaterial, which could become material. In addition, any loss from such risks may 
not be recoverable in whole or in part under IPL’s insurance policies. The treatment strategies do not remove the risks; while in 
some cases they may either partially or fully mitigate the exposure, residual risk remains.

The Group’s process for managing risk is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement (Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk).

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

General economic and business conditions

Changing 
global 
economic and 
business 
climate

The current global economic and business climate and 
any sustained downturn in the North American, South 
American, Asian, European or Australian economies may 
adversely impact IPL’s overall performance. This may 
affect demand for industrial explosives, industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers and related products and 
services, and profitability in respect of them.

•  Diversification across explosives and fertilisers markets in 
numerous geographical locations helps spread exposures. 

•  BEx provides long term sustainable competitiveness and 

business fluidity, through its focus on continuous 
improvement in productivity and efficiency. 

•  Continuous review of country specific risks enables proactive 

management of potential exposures. 

Commodity 
price risks

Pricing for fertilisers, ammonia, ammonium nitrate and 
certain other industrial chemicals are linked to 
internationally traded commodities (for example, 
ammonia, ammonium phosphates and urea); price 
fluctuations in these products could adversely affect 
IPL’s business. The pricing of internationally traded 
commodities is based on international benchmarks and 
is affected by global supply and demand forces. 

Weaker hard and soft commodity prices (particularly 
coal, iron ore, gold, corn, wheat, cotton and sugar) could 
have an adverse impact on the Group’s customers and 
has the potential to impact the customers’ demand, 
impacting volume and market prices.

•  The Group seeks to maintain low cost positions in its chosen 
markets, which helps its businesses to compete in changing 
and competitive environments. 

•  Sales and Operations Planning (S&OP) process helps 

inventory management to reduce price risk of stock on 
hand. 

• 

IPL employs a “value at risk” framework with respect to its 
Australian fertiliser operations. This allows the business to 
better manage its short and medium term exposures to 
commodity price fluctuations, while taking into account its 
commercial obligations and the associated price risks. 

•  To ensure volume and price commitments are upheld, the 
Group works with its customers and enforces customer 
supply contracts. 

•  Where commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated 

through contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, 
the Group may enter into derivative contracts, where 
available on a needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However, in 
some instances price risk exposure cannot be economically 
mitigated by either contractual arrangements or derivative 
contracts. 

IPL’s capital management strategy is aimed at maintaining 
an investment grade credit profile to allow it to optimise 
the weighted average cost of capital over the long term 
while maintaining an appropriate mix of US$/A$ debt, 
provide funding flexibility by accessing different debt 
markets and reduce refinancing risk by ensuring a spread of 
debt maturities. A detailed discussion of financial risks is 
included in Note 16 (Financial Risk Management). 

•  Group Treasury undertakes financial risk management in 
accordance with policies approved by the Board. Hedging 
strategies are adopted to manage, to the extent possible 
and appropriate, currency and interest rate risks.

External 
financial risk

The appreciation or depreciation of the A$ against the 
US$ may materially affect IPL’s financial performance. 

• 

A large proportion of IPL’s sales are denominated either 
directly or indirectly in foreign currencies, primarily the 
US$. 

In addition, IPL also borrows funds in US$, and the A$ 
equivalent of these borrowings and the interest payable 
on them will fluctuate with the exchange rate. 

Other financial risks that can impact IPL’s earnings 
include the cost and availability of funds to meet its 
business needs, compliance with terms of financing 
arrangements and movements in interest rates.

17

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Industry 
structure and 
competition 
risks

Customer risks

IPL operates in highly competitive markets with varying 
competitor dynamics and industry structures. 

• 

The actions of established or potential competitors could 
have a negative impact on sales and market share and 
hence the Group’s financial performance. 

The balance between supply and demand of the 
products that IPL manufactures and sells can greatly 
influence prices and plant utilisation. The structural shift 
in the North American power sector, which has seen a 
movement away from coal-fired energy production and 
towards natural gas, has placed increased pressure on 
existing customers (therefore giving rise to increased 
cost pressure on inputs to their supply) and has also 
resulted in reduced demand for their outputs. 

Reduced demand for steel inputs (in particular iron ore 
and metallurgical coal) can lead to a decrease in 
demand for explosives in these industries. 

IPL’s fertiliser operations compete against manufacturers 
with lower input costs and potentially having regulatory 
and economic advantages. A competitive market may 
also lead to the loss of customers which may negatively 
impact earnings.

IPL has strong relationships with key customers for the 
supply of products and services. These relationships are 
fundamental to the Group’s financial performance, on 
which the loss of key customer(s) may have a negative 
impact. This is particularly relevant to the Explosives 
sectors, where supply contracts tend to be longer term 
and significant high value customers are represented. 

Customer(s)’ inability to pay their accounts when they 
fall due, or inability to continue purchasing from the 
Group due to financial distress, may expose the Group 
to customer credit risks.

Product 
quality and/or 
specification  
risk

IPL manufactures or produces product to specific 
customer and industry specifications and statutory 
parameters. The Group is exposed to financial and 
reputational risk if these standards, requirements and 
limits are not met.

IPL seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in its 
chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product and 
service offerings. This focus on cost and quality positions its 
business units to compete over the medium to longer term 
in changing and competitive environments. 

•  Where practical, IPL prefers to engage in long term 
customer and supply contractual relationships. 

•  Pricing and risk management processes exist in all 

businesses.

•  Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL 
prefers to engage in long term customer contractual 
relationships. 

•  The Group attempts to diversify its customer base to reduce 
the potential impact of the loss of any single customer. 

•  Sales and customer plans are developed in line with IPL’s 

strategy. 

•  The Group manages customer credit risks by establishing 

credit limits by customer, as well as monitoring and actively 
managing overdue amounts within policy guidelines. 
Additionally, the Group endeavours to negotiate contractual 
terms that provide protection to address customer non-
payment or financial distress.

•  From time to time, the Group purchases trade credit 

insurance to minimise credit risk. 

• 

IPL operates and manufactures products using detailed 
quality management systems. Quality assurance plans are in 
place for manufactured products intermediaries, procured 
products and raw materials. 

•  Certificates of Analysis are provided for bulk shipments of 

fertiliser into export markets.

Oversupply of 
ammonium 
nitrate in Asia 
Pacific and 
Americas

New ammonium nitrate capacity has recently been or is 
soon to be introduced in both the Asia Pacific and 
Americas geographic regions. In both instances, the 
markets are predominantly domestically supplied, and 
the new capacity may create a supply/demand 
imbalance.

•  Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL 
prefers to engage in long term customer contractual 
relationships. 

• 

IPL seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in its chosen 
markets, whilst maintaining quality product and service 
offerings.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

18

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Operational risks

Production, 
transportation 
and storage 
risks

IPL’s operations are inherently dangerous. IPL operates 
15 key manufacturing and assembly sites and is 
exposed to operational risks associated with the 
manufacture, transportation and storage of fertilisers, 
ammonium nitrate, initiating systems, industrial 
chemicals and industrial explosives products. 

IPL’s manufacturing systems are vulnerable to 
equipment breakdowns, energy or water disruptions, 
natural disasters and acts of God, unforeseen human 
error, sabotage, terrorist attacks and other unforeseen 
events which may disrupt IPL’s operations and 
materially affect its financial performance. 

Timely and economic supply of key raw materials 
represents a potential risk to the Group’s ability to 
supply.

There is a risk that if production is not sold and 
effectively moved from site, plant uptime and earnings 
could be negatively impacted should storage at site 
become full.

Natural gas 
supply and 
price risk

Natural gas is one of the major inputs required for the 
production of ammonia and therefore is a critical 
feedstock for IPL’s nitrogen manufacturing operations. 
Availability and quality of natural gas are both key 
factors when sourcing supply. Potential disruption of 
supply also poses a risk. 

The Group has various natural gas contracts and supply 
arrangements for its plants. In respect of the Australian 
fertiliser operations, there is a risk that a reliable, 
committed source of natural gas at economically viable 
prices may not be available following the expiry of 
current contractual arrangements. In particular, the 
current gas supply arrangement for Gibson Island will 
cease on 30 September 2018 and if economically viable 
gas cannot be secured for the period commencing  
1 October 2018, it is likely the facility will cease 
manufacturing operations.

The cost of natural gas impacts the variable cost of 
production of ammonia and can influence the plants’ 
overall competitive position.

•  HSE management system is in place with clear principles 

and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 
and across all sites. Incidents are reported and investigated, 
and learnings are shared throughout the Group. 

•  Appropriate workers’ compensation programs are in place 
globally to assist employees who have been injured while 
at work, including external insurance coverage. 

•  Management undertakes risk identification and mitigation 

strategies across all sites. 

• 

IPL undertakes business continuity planning and disaster 
preparedness across all sites. 

•  Global industrial special risk insurance is obtained from a 
variety of highly rated insurance companies to ensure the 
appropriate coverage is in place. The policies insure the 
business, subject to policy and retention limits, from 
damage to its plants and property and the associated costs 
arising from business interruptions. 

•  Where possible, flexible supply chain and alternative 
sourcing solutions are maintained as a contingency. 

•  The S&OP process and inventory management practices 
provide flexibility to deal with short term disruptions. 

•  The Group has strict processes around the stewardship, 

movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and other 
chemicals.

•  Plants have storage capacity, as well as logistics capability 

that allows for offtake to be distributed. For example, at the 
Waggaman Louisiana plant offtake may be distributed via 
rail, truck, barge and pipeline. 

•  The Group has medium term gas contracts in place for its 

Australian manufacturing sites, with the exception of Gibson 
Island in respect of which contracted gas supply is in place 
through to September 2018. The contracts have various 
tenures and pricing mechanisms. As part of normal 
operations, IPL explores new gas supply arrangements 
where appropriate. 

•  The US natural gas market is a liquid market, with offtake 

facilitated by an extensive pipeline infrastructure and pricing 
commonly referenced to a quoted market price. The 
Americas business has short term gas supply arrangements 
in place for its gas needs with market referenced pricing 
mechanisms. 

•  Gas supply has been substantially contracted for the 

Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant through to 2021, with 
pricing determined by reference to the price for gas traded 
through the Henry Hub. 

• 

In respect of the Americas business (including the 
Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant), there is an ability to 
hedge gas prices and the Group reviews its approach to gas 
hedging in the US on a regular basis. 

19

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Sulphuric acid 
cost and supply 
into Phosphate 
Hill

Sulphuric acid is a major raw material required for the 
production of ammonium phosphates. Approximately 40 
percent of Phosphate Hill’s sulphuric acid needs come 
from processing metallurgical gas sourced from 
Glencore’s Mt Isa Mines copper smelting facility. 
Glencore has confirmed that Mt Isa Mines has the 
necessary environmental authority to operate to 2022. 
Alternative sources of sulphuric acid are likely to 
negatively impact the cost of producing ammonium 
phosphates at the Phosphate Hill facility. 

The quantum of the impact will depend on the future 
availability and price of sulphur and/or sulphuric acid 
and the prevailing A$/US$ rate. 

Sulphuric acid supply into Phosphate Hill may be 
negatively impacted from a volume and/or price 
perspective, should the Mt Isa Mines copper smelter 
close.

•  The Group has several sources of sulphuric acid for supply 

for Phosphate Hill. Along with sulphuric acid produced from 
metallurgical gas capture, Mt Isa produces sulphuric acid 
from burning imported elemental sulphur. Phosphate Hill’s 
operations are also supplemented with sulphuric acid 
purchased directly from a domestic smelter to meet total 
sulphuric acid requirements for the production of 
ammonium phosphates. In addition, Phosphate Hill uses 
phosphoric acid reclaimed from its gypsum stacks in place 
of sulphuric acid. It is unlikely that the majority of the lost 
sulphuric acid sourced from Glencore could be replaced but 
the cost impact is yet to be determined. 

•  The Mt Isa site is a leased site, with a lease contract in place 
with Mt Isa Mines to 2028. Accordingly, IPL would be able to 
continue to produce sulphuric acid at Mt Isa (albeit at a 
higher cost) by burning elemental sulphur until 2028, should 
the copper smelter operation cease before that time.

Phosphate rock

Phosphate rock, used in the manufacture of both 
ammonium phosphates and single superphosphate 
fertilisers, is a naturally occurring mineral rock. 

•  At its own facility in Phosphate Hill, IPL mines phosphate 
rock which is used for the production of ammonium 
phosphates at that facility. 

Phosphate rock is an internationally traded commodity, 
with pricing based on international benchmarks, and is 
affected by global supply and demand forces. Its cost for 
single superphosphate manufacturing purposes is also 
impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange 
rates, particularly the A$/US$ rate. Fluctuations in either 
of these variables can impact the cost of IPL’s single 
superphosphate manufacturing operations, as these 
operations rely on rock imported from limited foreign 
supply sources.

•  Phosphate rock is used in the production of single 

superphosphate at IPL’s Geelong and Portland operations. 
IPL seeks to diversify the sources of supply of rock (subject 
to certain requirements regarding the composition of the 
rock, including cadmium and odour considerations) required 
for these operations by sourcing it from a number of 
international suppliers (albeit that the sources of supply are 
limited).

Labour

A shortage of skilled labour or loss of key personnel 
could disrupt IPL’s business operations or adversely 
affect IPL’s business and financial performance. IPL’s 
manufacturing plants require skilled operators drawn 
from a range of disciplines, trades and vocations. 

IPL has operations in regional and remote locations 
where it can be difficult to attract and retain critical and 
diverse talent.

• 

IPL’s scale provides some, albeit limited, ability to relocate 
staff to cover shortages or losses of critical staff. 

•  The Group has policies and procedures, including flexible 
working arrangements and competitive compensation 
structures, designed to help attract and retain workforce.

•  Management identifies critical roles and attempts to 
implement policies to help ensure that appropriate 
succession and retention plans are in place for those roles.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

20

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Weather & 
climate change

Seasonal conditions (particularly rainfall), are a key factor 
for determining demand and sales of explosives and 
fertilisers. Any prolonged adverse weather conditions, 
including the potential impacts of climate change, could 
impact the future profitability and prospects of IPL. 

•  The S&OP process incorporates forecasting which enables 

scenario planning and some supply flexibility. Forecasts are 
based on typical weather conditions and are reviewed on an 
ongoing basis as the seasons progress to help align supply to 
changing demand. 

Some plants are located in areas that are susceptible to 
extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, tropical 
storms and tornadoes. An increase in the severity and/or 
frequency of these extreme weather events as a result of 
climate change may cause additional disruption to plants 
and may interrupt IPL’s supply chain, which includes 
transportation of raw materials and finished product via 
road, rail and water.

IPL has manufacturing facilities across various geographical 
locations that may be impacted by regulatory changes 
aimed at reducing the impact of, or otherwise addressing, 
climate change. Any changed regulations could result in 
an increase to the cost base or operating cost of these 
plants, and it may not be possible to alter sales prices to 
offset these cost increases. This includes, but is not 
restricted to, any regulations relating to reducing carbon 
emissions. Alternatively, any such regulatory changes may 
potentially impact the ability of these plants to continue 
operating as currently operated.

IPL provides products and services to end markets, 
individual customers and suppliers that may be impacted 
by changes to weather patterns resulting from climate 
change. Changes to temperature, the amount of rainfall or 
the number and/or intensity of storms and other weather 
events may impact IPL’s end markets, primarily mining 
and agriculture.

•  Safety and evacuation plans are in place for all personnel  

and sites. 

•  The Group endeavours to include force majeure clauses in 

agreements where relevant. 

• 

Insurance policies are in place across the Group.

•  Risk management processes exist in all businesses. Emerging 
risks, such as climate change, and appropriate treatment 
strategies are monitored on an ongoing basis and reported on 
to the Board through the established risk management 
process. 

• 

IPL’s Australian fertilisers business operates in all Australian 
States other than Western Australia. In addition to 
geographical diversity, there is also diversity across crops –  
IPL supplies fertilisers for a wide range of agricultural 
applications – and customers serviced.

•  The explosives business is primarily aligned to customers with 
tier 1 assets, being those with the most efficient operations 
and best resources. Also, there is diversity with regard to the 
customer base (with products and services supplied for iron 
ore, base and precious metals, quarry and construction and 
coal customers) and geographic spread of the operations.

•  Research and development activity is ongoing, reducing the 
carbon footprint of products (eg slow release fertilisers and 
low fume explosives products).

• 

IPL has increased its focus in recent years on ensuring that 
customers in both the explosives and fertilisers businesses 
use no more product than is necessary, through activity such 
as use of soil sampling data and differential energy 
explosives products.

•  New plants, most particularly the Waggaman Louisiana plant, 
and upgrades of existing plants, adopt technology designed 
for carbon efficiency. For example NOx abatement activity has 
been undertaken in the US. 

21

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Compliance, regulatory and legal risk

Compliance, 
regulatory  
and legal risk

Loss or 
exposure of 
sensitive data 
and cyber 
security

Changes in federal or state government legislation, 
regulations or policies in any of the countries in which 
IPL operates or in which it has dealings may adversely 
impact its business, financial condition and operations, 
or the business, financial condition and operations of 
IPL’s customers and suppliers. This includes changes in 
domestic or international laws relating to sanctions, 
import and export quotas, and geopolitical risks 
relating to countries with which IPL, or its customers 
and suppliers, engages to buy or sell products and 
materials. In addition, changes in tax legislation or 
compliance requirements in the jurisdictions in which 
IPL, or its customers and suppliers, operates, or 
changes in the policy or practices of the relevant tax 
authorities in such jurisdictions, may result in 
additional compliance costs and/or increased risk of 
regulatory action, including potential impact on 
licenses to operate. 

IPL’s business, and that of its customers and suppliers, 
is subject to environmental laws and regulations that 
require specific operating licences and impose various 
requirements and standards. Changes in these laws 
and regulations (for example, increased regulation of 
coal fired energy generation in the US and the 
imposition of carbon trading schemes), failure to abide 
by the laws and/or licensing conditions, or changes to 
licence conditions, may have a detrimental effect on 
IPL’s operations and financial performance, including 
the need to undertake environmental remediation, 
financial penalties or ceasing to operate. 

IPL is exposed to potential legal and other claims or 
disputes in the course of its business, including 
contractual disputes, and property damage and 
personal injury claims in connection with its 
operations.

Sensitive data, relating to IPL, its employees, 
associates, customers or suppliers, may be lost or 
exposed, resulting in a negative impact on the Group’s 
reputation.

IPL may be the target of cyber attacks which could 
result in commercial, financial and/or reputational 
impacts, including loss of data, financial losses, 
business or customer service interruption, an impact to 
IPL’s products or a loss of production.

•  Management, through the Managing Director & CEO and 
the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for the overall 
design, implementation, management and coordination of 
the Group’s risk management and internal control system. 

•  Each business unit has responsibility for identification and 
management of risks specific to the business. This is 
managed through an annual risk workshop, risk register 
and internal audits aligned to the material business risks. 

•  Corporate functions are in place to provide sufficient 
support and guidance to ensure regulatory risks are 
identified and addressed within the business well in 
advance. 

•  Country regulatory risk is regularly reviewed through the 

Group’s risk management framework. 

•  Where possible, IPL appoints local business leaders and 

management teams who bring a strong understanding of 
the local operating environment and strong customer 
relationships. 

•  Comprehensive HSE management system is in place with 
clear principles and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 
and across all sites. Incidents are reported and investigated 
and learnings are shared throughout the Group. 

•  The Group has strict processes regarding the stewardship, 
movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and 
other chemicals. 

• 

IPL engages with governments and other key stakeholders 
to ensure potential adverse impacts of proposed fiscal, tax, 
infrastructure access and regulatory changes are 
understood and, where possible, mitigated.

•  Policies, procedures and practices are in place regarding 

the use of company information, personal storage devices 
and IT security. 

•  A data breach response plan has been established to 

respond to, and mitigate the effects of, any instances of 
sensitive data breaches should they occur. 

•  External testing is performed to assess the security of the 

Group’s IT systems.

•  Threat analysis and intelligence analytics are used to 

monitor the security of IPL’s systems, including network 
perimeter blocking and monitoring. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

22

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Introduction from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee and the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for 2017 which  
sets out the remuneration information for the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Team and the  
non-executive directors.

2017 remuneration outcomes
The Company has delivered a strong result in 2017 with EBIT up 17% despite a significant impact from lower global fertiliser prices 
and a higher Australian dollar. The Company’s solid financial performance reflects the action taken in 2016 to address the structural 
and cyclical changes in IPL’s end markets and, specifically, the decline of global fertiliser prices, through the implementation of the 
BEx OFI program which, at the end of the financial year, had delivered $176 million in net benefits, substantially exceeding the 
$100 million stretch target that was set for the BEx OFI in 2016.

As a result, the Executives have been awarded short term incentive payments, details of which are set out in the report.

In relation to the long term incentive plan, the performance period for which ended on 30 September 2017, the performance 
conditions were relative total shareholder returns (weighted at 70%) and the delivery of two strategic initiatives, being the 
Louisiana Ammonia Project and Business Excellence (weighted at 30%). The successful delivery of these two strategic priorities is 
reflected in the Company’s shareholder returns performance, with the Company delivering total shareholder returns of 36% over 
the period. Accordingly, the Board is pleased to report that the performance rights under the long term incentive plan for the three 
year performance period ended 30 September 2017 will partially vest.

2018 remuneration approach
In relation to the Executives’ remuneration arrangements, the Board has determined to increase the Executives’ fixed annual 
remuneration by 2% with effect from 1 October 2017, noting that the Executives’ fixed remuneration was last increased in  
October 2014.

In relation to the “at risk” or performance related component of executive remuneration for the 2018 year, the incentive 
opportunities available to the Executives (other than for the new Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer) for both short term 
incentives and long term incentives will remain unchanged. However, the Board has made changes to the structure of the “at risk” 
remuneration applicable to the Executives for the 2018 financial year as follows:

•  STI – following completion of the BEx OFI program, the short term incentive structure will revert to a structure similar to previous 
programs with the majority of the short term incentive opportunity allocated to financial measures reflecting the importance of 
achieving financial outcomes, and the balance allocated to safety measures and strategic outcomes/business priorities.

•  LTI – the weightings of the long term incentive measures have been adjusted to place a greater emphasis on relative total 

shareholder returns and growth in return on equity. 

As was the case for the 2017 financial year, the Board has determined that there will be no increase to non-executive director fees, 
noting that fees were last increased in October 2014. 

CEO transition arrangements
In February 2017, the Company announced that Mr Fazzino would be stepping down from the role of Managing Director & Chief 
Executive Officer. Mr Fazzino will cease as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 14 November 2017. Details of Mr 
Fazzino’s remuneration arrangements during the 2017 financial year and the arrangements in relation to his cessation of 
employment are set out in section 5.1 of the Remuneration Report.

Ms Jeanne Johns, whose appointment was announced on 9 August 2017, will commence as Managing Director & Chief Executive 
Officer on 15 November 2017. In determining the appropriate remuneration settings for Ms Johns, consideration was given to 
benchmark data and market trends. Ms Johns’ remuneration will comprise fixed annual remuneration of $1.6 million and “at risk” 
remuneration in the form of short and long term incentives. While Ms Johns’ total maximum opportunity is comparable with the 
outgoing Chief Executive Officer’s, a greater proportion of her remuneration will be “at risk”. The “at risk” components will continue 
to be subject to demanding performance criteria which have been consistently applied by the Company. In addition, half of the STI 
component will be deferred into equity to be released over a two-year period. Details of Ms Johns’ remuneration and other 
contractual arrangements are outlined in the ASX announcement dated 9 August 2017 and a summary is included in section 5.1 of 
the Remuneration Report.

The Board invites you to consider the 2017 Remuneration Report. We welcome feedback on the Company’s remuneration approach 
in supporting IPL’s business strategy.

Kathryn Fagg
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Contents

Section

1.  Introduction

2.  Executive Remuneration & Governance

2.1  Executive Remuneration Strategy

2.2  Executive Remuneration Governance

2.3  Overview of Remuneration changes for the 2018 financial year

3.  2017 Executive Remuneration Framework

3.1  Overview

3.2  Fixed annual remuneration

3.3  Short term incentive

3.4  Long term incentive

3.5  LTI performance conditions

4.   Remuneration outcomes in 2017 financial year and link to  

2017 financial year performance

4.1  Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

4.2  2016/17 STI Outcomes

4.3  2014/17 LTI Outcomes

4.4  LTI: Performance related remuneration

4.5  Further details of Executive remuneration

5.  Executives – Summary of terms of employment

5.1  CEO Transition

5.2  Executives

5.3  Service agreement terms

6.  Non-Executive Director Remuneration

7.   Shareholdings in IPL

8.   Other KMP Disclosures

Page

25

26

26

26

26

27

27

27

28

30

31

33

33

34

34

36

37

39

39

40

40

41

42

42

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

24

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

1. 

Introduction

The directors of IPL present the Remuneration Report prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for the Group for 
the year ended 30 September 2017. This Remuneration Report is audited.

This Remuneration Report sets out remuneration information for Key Management Personnel (KMP) who had authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group during the 2017 financial year, being each of the 
non-executive directors and the Executives. The use of the term “Executives” in this report is a reference to the Managing Director 
& Chief Executive Officer (MD&CEO) and each of his direct reports (current and former) during the 2017 financial year. Refer to 
Table 1 below for all individuals comprising IPL’s KMP for the 2017 financial year.

Table 1: Individuals forming IPL’s KMP for the reporting period

Non-executive Directors

Current
Mr Paul Brasher
Ms Kathryn Fagg
Mr Greg Hayes
Ms Rebecca McGrath
Mr Graham Smorgon AM
Mr Joseph Breunig(1)
Mr Brian Kruger(1)
Former
Mr John Marlay(2)

Executives

Current
Mr James Fazzino(3)
Mr Frank Micallef
Mr Simon Atkinson
Ms Leah Balter
Mr Alan Grace
Ms Elizabeth Hunter
Mr Nicholas Stratford(4)

Chairman and Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director

Independent, Non-executive Director

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
President, Strategy & Business Development
President, Global Manufacturing
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

(1)   On 5 June 2017, Mr Breunig and Mr Kruger were appointed to the Board as non-executive directors.
(2)   On 16 December 2016, Mr Marlay retired from the Board as a non-executive director.
(3)   As announced to the ASX on 9 August 2017, Mr Fazzino will cease as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 14 November 2017. In October 2017,  

Ms Jeanne Johns commenced as CEO Designate, and she will commence as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 15 November 2017.

(4)   On 6 February 2017, Mr Stratford was appointed President, Dyno Nobel Americas and became a Key Management Person.

25

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

2.  Executive Remuneration & Governance

2.1  Executive Remuneration Strategy

IPL is a global diversified industrial chemicals company. The Company recognises that to generate competitive returns for its 
shareholders, it requires talented people who are capable, committed and motivated. IPL’s remuneration strategy is designed  
to support the objectives of the business and enable the Group to attract, retain and reward Executives of the necessary skill  
and calibre. 

The key principles of the Company’s remuneration strategy are to:
•  reward strategic outcomes at both the Group and business unit level that create top quartile long term shareholder value;
•  encourage integrity and disciplined risk management in business practice;
•  drive strong alignment with shareholder interests through delivering part of the reward in the form of equity;
•  structure the majority of executive remuneration to be “at risk” and linked to demanding financial and non-financial 

performance objectives;

•  reward Executives for high performance within their role and responsibilities, and ensure rewards are competitive within the 

industry and market for their role in respect of pay level and structure; and

•  ensure the remuneration framework is simple, transparent and easily implemented.

2.2  Executive Remuneration Governance

The remuneration of the Executives is set by the Board, having regard to recommendations from the Remuneration Committee. 
Remuneration arrangements for Executives are reviewed annually in accordance with IPL’s remuneration strategy. 

Where appropriate, the Remuneration Committee or the Board engages external advisors to provide input to the process of 
reviewing Executive and non-executive director remuneration. For, and in respect of, the 2017 financial year, the Remuneration 
Committee received market and benchmarking data and strategic advice from 3 degrees consulting. 3 degrees consulting was 
acquired by KPMG in early 2017. The information provided by 3 degrees consulting for, and in respect of, the 2017 financial year 
did not constitute a remuneration recommendation for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 

Further information in relation to the Board and the Remuneration Committee can be found in the IPL’s Corporate Governance 
Statement available on IPL’s website.

2.3  Overview of Remuneration changes for the 2018 financial year

During the 2017 financial year, the Board reviewed the following aspects of the Company’s remuneration arrangements.

Fixed Annual Remuneration

The Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR) of Executives (other than the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer) was reviewed and 
increased by 2% effective from 1 October 2017. Other than for new appointments, the Executives’ FAR was last increased in 
October 2014 with fixed remuneration frozen for 2016 and 2017. The increase is designed to maintain the competitive market 
positioning of Executives in the context of inflation and forecast market movements in the order of 2%.

Variable Remuneration

The changes to the short term incentive (STI) and long term incentive (LTI) arrangements set out below are consistent with the 
Board’s historical approach of aligning the Executives’ “at risk” remuneration with the Company’s strategic intent of delivering top 
quartile performance through the cycle as measured against S&P/ASX 100 companies. While IPL operates in inherently cyclical 
commodity markets, the Board considers that the targets for “at risk” remuneration in particular should consistently reflect 
outcomes that represent top quartile performance of the S&P/ASX 100 regardless of the prevailing economic environment in which 
the Company is operating (that is, through the fertiliser and commodity price cycle).

Short Term Incentive

With the completion of the BEx OFI program, the STI design for the Executives has been realigned as follows, with a primary focus 
on achievement of financial outcomes, balanced by a continuing focus on safety and strategic outcomes/business priorities:

•  10% of the STI opportunity continues to be focused on safety, with the measures to comprise a balanced scorecard across the 

dimensions of behavioural safety and process safety management similar to the measures applied in 2017.

•  80% – 90% of the STI opportunity is allocated to Group and Business Segment financial performance depending on the 

Executive’s role (other than the role of President, Strategy & Business Development for whom this condition will comprise 50% 
of her STI opportunity).

•  10% of the STI opportunity is focused on strategic outcomes/business priorities (other than the role of President, Strategy & 

Business Development for whom this condition will comprise 40% of her STI opportunity and noting that this condition will not 
apply to the Chief Financial Officer).

For the incoming Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, Ms Jeanne Johns, her STI will be similar in structure, with 10% of the 
STI opportunity allocated to safety, 80% allocated to Group financial performance, and the remaining 10% allocated to specific 
objectives in relation to strategy, organisation development and other business priorities. 50% of any STI award earned will be 
deferred into equity to be released over a two-year period. Further details are set out in section 5.1.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

26

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Long Term Incentive

With the completion of the Louisiana Ammonia Project in October 2016, for the performance period commencing 1 October 2017 
and ending 30 September 2020 (LTI 2017/20), the Board has realigned the performance conditions as follows:

•  The TSR Condition, which is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the S&P/ASX100 comparator group, has been 
maintained, with the weighting increased from 40% of the maximum LTI opportunity to 50% of the maximum LTI opportunity.

•  The ROE Growth Condition introduced in 2016 also continues, with the weighting increased from 30% to 35%. The targets in 
this performance condition have been set to maximise the operational efficiency of the Group’s assets through the cycle.

•  The Strategic Initiative Condition has also been continued and, as was the case in the 2016/19 plan, BEx will be the sole 
component. With the completion of the BEx OFI program, this condition will be weighted at 15% rather than 30% of the 
maximum LTI opportunity and the performance goals will comprise specific objectives relating to ongoing improvement in 
business system maturity, delivery of productivity benefits and manufacturing production.

3.  2017 Executive Remuneration Framework
3.1   Overview
In alignment with its remuneration strategy, the Board’s policy on Executive remuneration is that it comprises both a fixed 
component (FAR) and an “at risk” or performance-related component (STI and LTI) where: 

(i)   the majority of executive remuneration is “at risk”; and

(ii)  the level of FAR for Executives will be benchmarked against that paid for similar positions at the median of companies in a 

comparator group with a range of market capitalisations (50% – 200% of that of the Group). 

The tables below set out the relative proportion of the Executives’ total remuneration package for the 2017 financial year:

MD & CEO

Fixed
33%

FAR
33%

STI
33%

Fixed
33%

LTI
34%

STI
33%

Other Executives

STI
36%

FAR
33%

At Risk
67%

Fixed
36%

At Risk
67%

FAR
36%

LTI
34%

FAR
36%

At Risk
64%

Fixed
36%

LTI
28%

STI
36%

LTI
28%

At Risk
64%

In calculating the “at risk” compensation as a proportion of total remuneration for the 2017 financial year for each Executive, the 
maximum entitlement that could potentially be awarded under the STI and LTI was taken into account. 

3.2   Fixed annual remuneration
Executives receive their fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, including cash, superannuation, and any applicable fringe 
benefits. The Executives’ FAR is set by reference to appropriate benchmark information for each Executive’s role, level of 
knowledge, skill, responsibilities and experience. The level of remuneration is reviewed annually in alignment with the financial 
year and with reference to, among other things, Company performance and market data provided by an appropriately qualified 
and independent external consultant.

For the 2017 financial year, the Board determined that the Executives’ FAR would not be increased. Refer to Table 7 for details of 
the Executives’ FAR for the 2017 financial year. For the 2018 financial year, the Board has determined that FAR will be increased 
by 2%.

27

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

3.3   Short term incentive
The STI is an annual “at risk” incentive which is dependent on the achievement of particular performance measures.  
The following table summarises the STI plan that applied in the 2017 financial year (2017 STI):

What was the  
performance 
period?

The performance period for the 2017 STI was the financial year from 1 October 2016 to  
30 September 2017.

Who was eligible 
for the STI?

Participation was at the Board’s discretion. The MD&CEO and all other Executives participated in the 
2017 STI.

What was the  
target and  
maximum STI  
opportunity?

What were the 
Performance 
Conditions and 
Measures?

Target STI opportunity was 50% of FAR for all Executives. Maximum STI opportunity (for stretch outcomes) 
was 100% of FAR for all Executives.

Performance conditions under the STI are determined by the Board for each financial year. 
The performance conditions for the 2017 STI are set out below: 

Performance 
Conditions

Measures to assess satisfaction  
of Performance Condition

Rationale for the  
Performance Conditions

Group Financial 
Performance 

Business Unit 
Financial 
Performance

Zero Harm

Growth in Earnings per Share (EPS).

Business Unit Earnings Before Interest and 
Tax (EBIT). 

Safety performance balanced scorecard 
across the dimensions of behavioural safety 
and process safety management comprising 
input and output measures.(1)

Strategic 
outcomes

Delivery of $100 million in cash benefits 
through the Group-wide BEx OFI program.

To align with the Company’s strategic intent of 
achieving top quartile performance as measured 
against S&P/ASX 100 companies.

To ensure robust alignment of performance in a 
particular business unit with reward for the 
Executive managing that business unit. 

To align with the Company’s commitment to “Zero 
Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”. In 2017, the 
Company adopted its second five-year Global HSE 
Strategy to continue to drive improvement in the 
Group’s health, safety and environmental 
performance. 

To recognise the financial importance of the BEx 
OFI program in aligning the Company’s cost base 
with the structural and cyclical shifts in the 
Company’s end markets. The performance 
condition was structured as a Group-wide 
performance condition applicable to all 
Executives. 

(1)  In assessing the safety balanced scorecard, the Board may, in its discretion, have regard to the results achieved against the measures 

comprising the scorecard without applying a specific weighting to any particular measure.

Where any Individually Material Item (IMI) is separately recognised in the financial report, the Board will have 
discretion to include or exclude the IMI for the purpose of determining any STI award, taking into account the nature 
of the IMI and having regard to whether, in the circumstances, it would be appropriate for the IMI to be attributable 
to the Executives.

Satisfaction of the above measures was based on a review by the Board of the audited financial report and 
performance of the Group for the financial year, following the annual performance review process for the Executives.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

28

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Are there 
minimum 
performance 
levels which 
must be 
achieved  
before awards 
can be made 
under the STI?

What were the 
weightings for  
the STI 
performance 
measures?

To ensure STI awards are aligned with business performance outcomes, the Board has determined that a 
minimum level of financial performance, known as the “STI Gate”, must be met before any awards can be 
made. If financial performance does not meet the STI Gate, no awards are made under the STI, save that 
the STI Gate does not apply to any awards payable in relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, 
reflecting the primacy of safety. 

For the 2017 financial year, the STI Financial Gates were:

•  for Group roles (marked * in Table 2 below), Group financial performance was required to meet the EPS 

growth threshold which was determined by the Board by reference to the prior year EPS performance; and

•  for Business Unit roles (marked ** in Table 2 below), Group financial performance was required to meet 
80% of the prior year NPAT and Business Unit EBIT was required to meet the relevant Business Unit EBIT 
threshold.

In addition, with regard to the BEx OFI performance measure which required delivery of $100 million 
in cash benefits, the Board retained discretion to determine the appropriate STI award (if any) for this 
measure having regard to the Company’s overall financial performance. 

In relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, the Board retains a discretion to forfeit all or part of 
the award payable for this performance condition in the event of a fatality or life threating incident having 
regard to the circumstances of the incident. 

The STI performance measures’ weightings for the Executives for the 2017 STI were:

Table 2 

Executives – Current

J Fazzino*
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef*
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson**
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
& Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter*
President, Strategy & Business Development

A Grace**
President, Global Manufacturing

Financial

Growth  
in EPS

Business Unit  
EBIT

Non-financial/ 
Business/Strategic
BEx OFI 
Safety
Program

Maximum STI  
opportunity

60%

60%

10%

30%

10%

30%

100%

100%

60%

10%

30%

100%

60%

10%

30%

60%

10%

30%

E Hunter*
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services

60%

10%

30%

N Stratford**
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

*Group role **Business Unit role 

60%

10%

30%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Was there a 
mechanism for 
clawback and 
deferral?

The 2017 STI included a clawback provision, which requires the repayment of all or part of any STI awarded 
within three years after a payment is made, in the event of a material misstatement which results in a 
restatement of the audited financial report.

29

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
3.4   Long term incentive

The LTI is the long term incentive component of remuneration for Executives. The LTI is provided in the form of performance rights. 

What LTI plans 
were applicable 
for the 2017 
financial year?

The LTI Plans applicable to the 2017 financial year were the:

•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2014/17 (LTI 2014/17); 
•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2015/18 (LTI 2015/18); and
•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2016/19 (LTI 2016/19),
(together, the LTI Plans).

Under the LTI Plans, participants are entitled to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, on a one right to 
one share basis, for no consideration at a later date. The performance rights are issued by Incitec Pivot 
Limited and the entitlement of the participants to acquire ordinary shares is subject to the satisfaction of 
certain conditions. As no shares are provided to participants until exercise, performance rights have no 
dividend entitlement. Performance rights expire on vesting or lapsing of the rights.

What is the 
purpose of the 
LTIs?

The LTI is designed to link reward with the key performance drivers which underpin sustainable growth 
in shareholder value. As rights under the LTI Plans result in share ownership on the achievement of 
demanding targets, the LTI ties remuneration to Company performance, as experienced by shareholders. 
The arrangements also support the Company’s strategy for retention and motivation of the Executives.

What is the 
process for 
determining 
eligibility?

The decision to grant performance rights under the LTI Plans and to whom they will be granted is made 
annually by the Board, noting that the grant of performance rights to the Managing Director is subject 
to shareholder approval. Grants of performance rights to participants are based on a percentage of the 
relevant Executive’s FAR. 

What is the 
maximum LTI 
opportunity under 
the LTI Plans?

How was the 
number of 
performance 
rights calculated 
under the LTI 
Plans?

What are the 
performance 
conditions, 
performance 
period and  
status of the  
LTI Plans?

The maximum LTI opportunities under each LTI Plan are:
•  for the MD&CEO, 100% of FAR; and
•  for all other Executives, 80% of FAR.

For the LTI 2014/17, LTI 2015/18 and LTI 2016/19, the number of performance rights issued to a 
participant was based on the market value of the Company’s shares and was determined by dividing the 
dollar value of the relevant participant’s LTI opportunity by the Company’s volume weighted average share 
price over the 20 business days up to but not including the first date of the relevant performance period.

LTI Plan

Performance  
Conditions

Weighting of  
Performance  
Condition

Performance  
Period

Status

LTI 2014/17

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

70%
30%

Condition

1 October 2014 to  
30 September 2017

LTI 2015/18

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

70%
30%

Condition 

1 October 2015 to  
30 September 2018

LTI 2016/19

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

40%
30%

1 October 2016 to  
30 September 2019

Condition 
•  ROE Growth 
Condition

30%

Performance period completed. 
Following testing in November, 
the Board determined that 
68.8% of the performance rights 
will vest in the 2018 financial 
year. Refer to section 4.3 for 
further details.

Testing to occur after 
completion of performance 
period.

Testing to occur after 
completion of performance 
period.

The performance conditions are determined by the Board annually. Refer to section 3.5 for a discussion of 
the performance conditions.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

30

 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

When are the 
performance 
conditions 
measured?

After the expiry of the relevant performance period, the Board determines whether the performance  
conditions of the relevant LTI Plans are satisfied. The performance conditions are tested once, at the end of the 
relevant performance period. If the performance conditions are satisfied and the rights vest, the participant is 
entitled to receive ordinary shares in the Company. The participant does not pay for those shares.

To the extent the performance conditions are not satisfied during the performance period, the performance 
rights will lapse.

What happens 
if a participant 
leaves the 
Group?

Generally, the performance rights granted under the LTI Plans will lapse on a cessation of employment 
except where the participant has died, becomes totally and permanently disabled, is retrenched or retires. 
In those circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced pro rata to the proportion of days worked 
during the relevant performance period. 

The Board may provide a notice to the participants specifying that the performance rights will vest at a 
time stipulated in the notice on the occurrence of one of the following events in relation to the Company: 

•  a takeover bid;
•  a change of control; 
•  the Court ordering a meeting be held in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company 

or its amalgamation with any other companies; or

•  a voluntary or compulsory winding-up.

In what other 
circumstances 
may the 
performance 
rights vest 
(which may be 
before or after 
the expiry of 
the performance 
period) under 
the LTI Plans?

3.5   LTI performance conditions

For the LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18, the performance conditions are measured by reference to relative Total Shareholder Returns 
of IPL, measuring TSR against companies in the S&P/ASX 100 (TSR Condition) and the Company’s Strategic Initiatives (Strategic 
Initiatives Condition). For the LTI 2016/19, the performance conditions are measured by reference to the TSR Condition, a 
Strategic Initiative Condition and growth in Return on Equity (ROE Growth Condition). Details of the performance conditions for 
each of the LTI 2014/17, LTI 2015/18 and LTI 2016/19 are set out below. 

TSR Condition

The TSR Condition (applicable to each of the LTI 2014/17, LTI 2015/18 and LTI 2016/19) requires growth in the Company’s total 
shareholder returns to be at or above the median of the companies in the comparator group, being the S&P/ASX 100. This 
condition provides shareholder alignment as it takes into account the Company’s share price movement as well as dividends paid, 
relative to other organisations comparable to the Company. The S&P/ASX 100 has been chosen as the comparator group because, 
having regard to the business segments in which the Group operates and, specifically, the absence of a sufficient number of direct 
comparator companies, the Board considers the S&P/ASX 100 to represent the most appropriate, and objective, comparator group. 
It also represents the group of companies against which the Company competes for shareholder capital.

The table below sets out the TSR Condition, and the percentage of the performance rights that will vest based on satisfaction of 
this condition.

Relative TSR ranking of IPL

Less than 50th percentile

% of performance rights subject to the TSR Condition that will vest

Nil

At or greater than 50th percentile but less than 75th percentile

Pro rata from 50% on a straight line basis

At 75th percentile or greater

100%

Strategic Initiatives Condition

The Strategic Initiatives Condition relates to the delivery of significant aspects of the Board approved strategy. The Strategic 
Initiatives Condition applies to the LTI 2014/17, the LTI 2015/18 and the LTI 2016/19. For the LTI 2014/17 and the LTI 2015/18, 
the Strategic Initiatives Condition comprises two equal components: (i) the Louisiana Ammonia Project; and (ii) the Business 
Excellence System. For the LTI 2016/19, the Strategic Initiatives Condition relates solely to the Business Excellence System.

31

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

The table below summarises the Strategic Initiatives Condition components for the LTI 2014/17, the LTI 2015/18 and the LTI 2016/19:

Rationale

Scorecard

Measurement criteria

Performance goals

Strategic  
Initiatives Condition 
component

Louisiana 
Ammonia Project 

(Applies to  
15% of the 
performance 
rights in a grant 
for the LTI 
2014/17 and the 
LTI 2015/18)

The Louisiana ammonia 
project at Waggaman, 
Louisiana, construction of 
which completed on 19 
October 2016, underpins 
the future growth of the 
Dyno Nobel Americas 
business and will create 
long term shareholder 
value. 

Business 
Excellence  
(BEx) System 

(Applies to  
15% of the 
performance 
rights in a grant 
for the LTI 
2014/17 and  
the LTI 2015/18 
and 30% of the 
performance 
rights in a grant 
for the LTI 
2016/19 )

BEx is the Company’s 
business and continuous 
improvement system, 
through which the 
Company seeks to 
enhance productivity on a 
sustainable basis utilising 
“lean” business methods. 
The LTI performance goals 
in relation to BEx are 
focussed on incentivising 
the delivery of 
sustainable productivity 
improvements, rather 
than one-off benefits.

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will be 
measured against a Project 
Scorecard comprising 
performance goals based on 
the Project business case, as 
approved by the Board in 
April 2013, related to the 
following key performance 
indicators:
•  safety, 
•  capital cost,
•  plant efficiency, 
•  output and EBITDA. 

Performance in relation to 
this component of the 
Strategic Initiatives Condition 
will be assessed against a 
Scorecard comprising 
performance goals related to:
•  Business system maturity 

(practices)

•  Cumulative productivity 
benefits (performance)

•  Manufacturing plant 

uptime (performance)

Safety: Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR) for the Louisiana Ammonia Project to be 
less than or equal to the IPL Group TRIFR.

Capital cost (only applicable to the 2014/17 
LTI): as per Project business case (US$850 
million). 

Plant efficiency: as per Project business case 
(32GJ of gas per metric tonne of ammonia).

Output and EBITDA: Output and EBITDA 
measures (consistent with the project business 
case for Year 1 (in the case of the LTI 2014/17) 
and Year 2 (in the case of the LTI 2015/18).

Business system maturity:  
An absolute improvement in Business Excellence 
system maturity over the performance period.

Cumulative productivity benefits: Delivery of 
cumulative savings over the performance period 
against targets approved by the Board. 

Manufacturing plant uptime:  
Plant uptime measured across specified 
manufacturing plants, with target performance 
at the end of the performance period to be at 
75th percentile (which reflects world class 
performance for ammonia and ammonium 
phosphate plants globally) adjusted for plant 
age.

Details of the Scorecards and specific performance goals for each component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition were notified to 
Executives on commencement of each applicable LTI plan. These performance goals involve commercial-in-confidence quantitative 
targets and, as such, details of the performance goals are disclosed only at the end of the performance period. For the LTI 
2014/17, these details are set out in section 4.3. For the LTI 2015/18 and the LTI 2016/19, the relevant details will be set out in 
the 2018 Remuneration Report and the 2019 Remuneration Report respectively.

The Board will determine the outcome for the relevant component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition under each LTI plan having 
regard to the results achieved against the performance goals across the entirety of the Scorecard for that component. If the Board 
determines that all of the performance goals in respect of a component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition have been achieved, 
all of the performance rights subject to that component will vest. 

If not all performance goals in respect of a component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition are met over the performance period, 
the extent to which that component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition has been satisfied (if at all) will be determined by the 
Board. In doing so, the Board will have regard to the results achieved against the performance goals across all of the components 
of the relevant Scorecard, without applying a specific weighting to any particular performance goal. 

ROE Growth Condition

The ROE Growth Condition was introduced for the first time in 2016 and applies to the LTI 2016/19. The ROE Growth Condition 
measures the compound annual growth in Return on Equity (ROE) over the performance period. ROE was chosen as it is a widely 
recognised and reported metric, is a key determinant of efficient use of the capital entrusted to management by shareholders, 
reflects all of the levers to create shareholder value and is a transparent metric which can be calculated directly from the 
Company’s financial report. 

The table below sets out the ROE Growth Condition, and the percentage of performance rights that will vest based on satisfaction 
of this condition:

ROE Compound Annual Growth Rate

% of performance rights subject to the ROE Growth Condition that will vest

Less than 7%

Nil

At or above 7% but less than 11%

Pro rata from 50% on a straight line basis

11% or greater

100%

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

32

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

4.    Remuneration outcomes in 2017 financial year and link to 2017 financial year performance

4.1  Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

In considering the Group’s performance, the benefit to shareholders and appropriate remuneration for the Executives, the Board, 
through its Remuneration Committee, has regard to financial and non-financial indices, including the indices shown in the below 
table in respect of the current financial year and the preceding four financial years.

Table 3 – Indices relevant to the Board’s assessment of the Group’s performance and the benefit to shareholders 

Net Profit After Tax excluding non-controlling interests (NPAT) (before IMIs) ($m)

Earnings Per Share (EPS) (before IMIs) (cents) 

Dividends – paid in the financial year – per share (DPS (paid)) (cents) 

Dividends – declared in respect of the financial year – per share (DPS (declared)) (cents) 

Share price ($) (Year End) 

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) (%)(1) 

2013

2014

 293.5 

356.3

2015

398.6

2016

295.2

 18.0 

21.7

 12.5 

9.2

 2.69 

(16)

9.3

10.8

2.71

(7)

23.8

11.7

11.8

3.90

43

17.5

11.5

8.7

2.82

14

2017

318.7

18.9

9.1

9.4

3.60

36

(1)  TSR is calculated in accordance with the rules of the LTI 2010/13, LTI 2011/14, LTI 2012/15, LTI 2013/16 and LTI 2014/17 as applicable over the 3 year performance 

period, having regard to the volume weighted average price of the shares over the 20 business days up to but not including the first and last day of the 
performance period.

Relationship between the Group’s performance and STI outcomes

This graph illustrates the relationship between the Group’s 
performance and STI awards in respect of the current and 
preceding four years. In 2013, EPS (before IMIs) decreased 
27% and no STI awards were made. In 2014, EPS (before 
IMIs) grew 21% to 21.7 cps resulting in partial awards being 
made to Executives under the 2014 STI. Similarly, in the 2015 
financial year, EPS (before IMIs) increased by 9.7% to 23.8 
cps and, as a result, certain Executives earned awards in full 
in respect of this measure. For the 2016 financial year, with 
EPS (before IMIs) declining by 26.5% to 17.5 cps, no awards 
were made under the 2016 STI, save in relation to the 
successful completion of the Louisiana Ammonia Project as 
well as the Group’s safety performance. For the 2017 
financial year, EPS (before IMIs) has increased 8% to 18.9 cps 
resulting in certain Executives earning partial STI awards in 
respect of this measure.

Relationship between the Group’s performance and LTI outcomes

This graph illustrates the relationship between IPL’s Absolute 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and its percentile ranking 
relative to its S&P/ASX 100 peer group. 

IPL outranked the 50th percentile TSR for the ASX 100 peer 
group for the 2012–2015 performance period with a 53rd 
percentile ranking (Absolute TSR achieved 43%) and for the 
2014–2017 performance period with a 53rd percentile 
ranking (Absolute TSR achieved 36%). As a consequence, the 
LTI 2012/15 partially vested and the LTI 2014/17 will also 
partially vest as outlined in section 4.3 of this report.

The performance rights in the LTI 2010/13, LTI 2011/14 and 
the LTI 2013/16 did not meet the performance conditions set 
out in those plans (including a TSR condition) and lapsed. TSR 
has been positive for three out of the five periods reported.

33

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Group performance and STI outcomes

Cents

)
S
I
M

I

E
R
O
F
E
B
(

E
R
A
H
S

R
E
P

I

S
G
N
N
R
A
E

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Earnings per share (before IMIs)

Total STI payout

IPL Absolute TSR % and ASX 100 Percentile Ranking

R
S
T

E
T
U
L
O
S
B
A
L
P

I

%

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

$mill

T
U
O
Y
A
P

I
T
S

L
A
T
O
T

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

%

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

0
0
1

X
S
A
N

I

I

G
N
K
N
A
R

E
L
I
T
N
E
C
R
E
P

L
P

I

2010–2013

2011–2014

2012–2015

2013–2016

2014–2017

IPL Absolute TSR

IPL Percentile Ranking in ASX 100

Note:
(1)  The absolute TSR for IPL and for the ASX100 has been calculated using the 

methodology noted in footnote (1) Table 3.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.2   2017 STI Outcomes

Performance Condition 

Outcome

Group Financial Performance

With EPS increasing 8% from 17.5 cents per share to 18.9 cents per share, Executives in Group roles 
were awarded 65% of the STI opportunity for this measure. (Refer to Table 2 for Group roles).

Business Unit Financial Performance

As the EBIT outcomes for the Dyno Nobel Americas business exceeded stretch performance,  
Mr Stratford and Mr Grace were awarded 100% of their respective STI opportunity for this measure.  

Zero Harm

In relation to the Asia Pacific business, as the EBIT results for the Incitec Pivot Fertilisers and  
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific segments slightly exceeded threshold performance, Mr Atkinson and  
Mr Grace were each granted a partial award in respect of this measure (being 39% of their  
respective STI opportunity).

The balanced scorecard applied across the dimensions of behavioural safety and process safety 
management was achieved in full. The TRIFR as at the end of the 2017 financial year was 0.90, which 
was below the target of 1.0. In addition, the Company also achieved a significant improvement in other 
key safety metrics, including:

•  a 62% reduction in the Employee Lost Day Severity Rate; and

•  a 6% reduction in the LTIFR.

Accordingly, Executives were awarded 100% of the STI opportunity for this measure.

Strategic Outcomes – BEx OFI

The BEx OFI Program substantially exceeded the stretch targets set in 2016 with the Company 
delivering net savings of $176 million as at 30 September 2017. Accordingly, Executives were awarded 
100% of the STI opportunity for this measure.

These outcomes are reflected in the STI payments awarded as set out in Table 4 below:

Table 4 – Short term incentives awarded for the year ended 30 September 2017

Details of the vesting profile of the STI payments awarded for the year ended 30 September 2017 as remuneration to each 
Executive are set out below:

Short term incentive for the year ended 30 September 2017

Included in remuneration 
$000

% earned

% forfeited 

Executives – Current
J Fazzino 
F Micallef
S Atkinson
L Balter
A Grace
E Hunter
N Stratford

1,763
726
394
605
579
459
494

79
79
52
79
76
79
100

21
21
48
21
24
21
–

4.3   LTI 2014/17 Outcomes

The performance period for the LTI 2014/17 ended on 30 September 2017. Following testing against the performance conditions, 
in November the Board determined that 68.8% of the performance rights granted under the plan will vest. Details in relation to 
each of the performance conditions are set out below.

TSR Condition

In relation to the TSR Condition, the Company’s relative TSR performance over the performance period exceeded the performance 
of the median of the companies in the S&P/ASX100, with the Company achieving a percentile ranking of 52.69 against the 
comparator group. Accordingly, 55.4% of the performance rights granted subject to the TSR Condition will vest in the 2018 financial 
year (being 38.8% of the total performance rights granted under the plan).

Strategic Initiatives Condition

In relation to the Strategic Initiatives Condition for which there were two components – the Louisiana Ammonia Project and 
Business Excellence – the Board assessed each component against a balanced scorecard and determined the outcome having 
regard to the results achieved for the performance goals across the entirety of the scorecard. The Board has determined that 100% 
of the performance rights granted subject to this condition will vest in the 2018 financial year (being 30% of the total performance 
rights granted under the plan). Commentary on the performance against the scorecard is set out in the following table.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

34

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Strategic Initiatives  
Condition component

Louisiana Ammonia 
Project

Actual  
Vesting (%)

100

Commentary on Performance Against Scorecard

The performance period for the Project covered plant construction, commissioning and year one of 
operation. As the construction and commissioning stages comprised the majority of the performance 
period, greater weighting was given to these measures.

The performance goals in relation to safety, capital cost, efficiency and output were all achieved, with 
significant outperformance in relation to safety and capital cost:

•  Safety: 5.23 million hours were worked during the construction of the plant without a lost time injury. 
This safety performance has set a new benchmark for construction projects in North America. The TRIFR 
for the Project was significantly below the IPL Group TRIFR for the performance period. 

•  Capital cost: the Project was completed at a cost of US$820 million, approximately 4% below the budget 

of US$850 million set at Project sanction in April 2013. 

•  Efficiency: the plant efficiency of 32GJ of gas per metric tonne of ammonia was met at performance 

testing and during operation.

•  Output and EBITDA: While the EBITDA was not met as a result of the cyclical downturn in ammonia 

prices, the output measure was deemed to be satisfied based on actual production as well as 
compensation received as liquidated damages from the contractor in relation to the timing of handover  
of the plant. The long term Project metrics remain compelling, with the plant demonstrating capacity to 
operate at or above nameplate of 800,000 metric tonnes per annum. 

In assessing the scorecard, the Board also had regard to external benchmarks. When measured against 
similar nitrogen projects sanctioned or completed within the period of the Project’s construction, the 
Louisiana Ammonia Project outperformed in the areas of safety, capital cost, completion to schedule and 
time taken to achieve nameplate capacity. As noted above, the plant has demonstrated capacity to 
operate above nameplate, producing 108% of nameplate capacity in September 2017, which represents 
world class performance for the first year of production. An independent global consultancy benchmarked 
the Project in the top 2% by reference to schedule and cost for projects in the oil and gas, mining and 
chemical industries worldwide. When considered against project benchmarks, the Board has assessed this 
as the standout nitrogen project completed in North America during the current nitrogen “boom”.

Overall assessment: As the Project was completed safely, on time, below budget and with a 
demonstrated capacity to operate at or above nameplate of 800,000 metrics tonnes per annum, the  
Board determined that the performance goals were delivered against the balanced scorecard. 

Business Excellence 
(BEx) System

The performance goals for the BEx scorecard comprised non-financial (input) and financial (output) measures.

100

In relation to the input measures, being business system maturity and manufacturing plant uptime, the 
performance goals were met with the majority of the selected plants achieving an uptime near or above 
the 90th percentile. Similarly, in relation to business system maturity, which is measured on a scale of 1 to 
5, an absolute improvement of 1.01 in the maturity score was achieved at the end of the performance 
period, exceeding the target. The final maturity score was verified by an independent third party. 

The outcomes in relation to these input measures are reflected in the output measure, with the Company 
delivering $288 million in cumulative productivity benefits at the end of the performance period, 
significantly exceeding the $75 million target set at the commencement of the performance period. 

Overall assessment: Having regard to the outcomes in relation to the input and output measures, the 
Board determined that the performance goals were delivered against the balanced scorecard.  

Overall, 68.8% of the Performance Rights allocated under the LTI 2014/17 will vest (with the remaining 31.2% to lapse).

The number of rights vested and lapsed will be reported in the 2018 Remuneration Report.

35

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

4.4   LTI: Performance related remuneration 

Table 5 – Details of long term incentives granted and vested in the year ended 30 September 2017 and the vesting profile of 
long term incentives granted as remuneration
The movement during the reporting period, by value, of rights for the purposes of remuneration held by each Executive and the vesting 
profile of long term incentives granted as remuneration are detailed below. Details of performance rights vested and forfeited set out in 
the table below relate to the performance rights granted under the LTI 2013/16 (performance period: 1 October 2013 to 30 September 
2016) which, following testing in November 2016, did not result in any rights vesting. In relation to the LTI 2014/17 (performance period: 
1 October 2014 to 30 September 2017), following testing in November 2017, the Board determined that 68.8% of the performance 
rights will vest. This will be reported in the 2018 Remuneration Report.

Key Management  
Personnel

Executives – Current
J Fazzino

F Micallef

S Atkinson 

L Balter

A Grace

E Hunter

N Stratford

LTI plan

Grant date

Granted during 2017 
as remuneration(A) 
$000 

Exercised  
in year 
$000

Vested 
in year 
% 

Forfeited 
in year 
% 

Financial year  
in which grant 
may vest 

Maximum value of 
outstanding rights(B) 
$000 

2013/16
2014/17
2015/18
2016/19
2013/16
2014/17
2015/18
2016/19
2013/16
2014/17
2015/18
2016/19
2015/18
2016/19
2013/16
2014/17
2015/18
2016/19
2013/16
2014/17
2015/18
2016/19
2016/19

6 January 2014
30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017
25 August 2016
25 January 2017
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
21 January 2016
25 January 2017
19 April 2017

 – 
 – 
 – 
 2,598 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 855 
 –
– 
 – 
 713 
 – 
 713
 –
– 
 – 
 713
 –
– 
 – 
 541
736

– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
–

– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
–

100 
– 
– 
–
100 
– 
– 
–
100 
– 
– 
–
– 
–
100 
– 
– 
–
100 
– 
– 
–
–

2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2019

– 
 1,746 
 1,025 
 2,598 
– 
 575 
 337 
 855 
– 
 479 
 281 
 713 
 275 
 713 
– 
 479 
 281 
 713 
– 
 364 
 213 
 541 
 736 

(A)  The value of rights granted in the year is the fair value of those 
rights calculated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-
pricing model. The value of these rights is included in the table 
to the right. This amount is allocated to the remuneration of 
the applicable Executive over the vesting period (that is, in the 
2017, 2018 and 2019 financial years).

(B)  The maximum value of outstanding rights is based on the fair 
value of the performance rights at the grant date. This may be 
different to the value of the rights in the event that they vest. 
The minimum value of rights yet to vest is $nil, as the 
performance criteria may not be met.

LTI 2013/16 - TSR
LTI 2013/16 - EPS
LTI 2014/17 - TSR
LTI 2014/17 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2015/18 - TSR
LTI 2015/18 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2016/19 - TSR
LTI 2016/19 - Strategic Initiative
LTI 2016/19 - ROE Growth

Grant date
6/01/2014
6/01/2014
30/12/2014
30/12/2014
21/01/2016
21/01/2016
25/01/2017
25/01/2017
25/01/2017

Fair value per share treated  
as rights at grant date
$1.40
$2.39
$1.99
$2.88
$1.29
$3.06
$2.87
$3.45
$3.45

Modification of terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions
No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights) granted to a KMP have been altered or modified by 
the issuing entity during the reporting period.

Table 6 – Movements in rights over equity instruments in the Company
The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over shares in the Company, held directly, indirectly or 
beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties, is as follows:

Key Management Personnel

Opening balance

Granted as compensation(A)

Vested(B)

Forfeited(C)

Closing balance

Number of Rights

Executives – Current
J Fazzino(1)
F Micallef
S Atkinson
L Balter(2)
A Grace
E Hunter
N Stratford(2)

 2,140,602 
 704,725 
 549,356 
 150,941 
 587,271 
 435,903 
–

 807,335 
 265,789 
 221,491 
 221,491 
 221,491 
 168,115 
 228,832 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(804,218)
(264,763)
(182,721)
–
(220,636)
(157,621)
–

 2,143,719 
 705,751 
 588,126 
 372,432 
 588,126 
 446,397 
 228,832 

(A)  For the 2017 financial year, this represents the rights granted to Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2016/19.
(B)  For the 2017 financial year, this represents the number of rights that vested during the reporting period.
(C)  For the 2017 financial year, this represents rights that were forfeited by Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2013/16. 
(1)  This represents the closing balance as at 30 September 2017. Section 5.1 sets out details of rights to be vested, retained and forfeited by Mr Fazzino after the 

reporting period.

(2)  Ms Balter and Mr Stratford were not participants in the LTI 2013/16.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

36

 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

4.5   Further details of Executive remuneration

Table 7 – Executive remuneration

Details of the remuneration for each Executive for the year ended 30 September 2017 are set out below (noting that for 
individuals who ceased to be KMP in the 2016 financial year, only comparative information is shown in the table).

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment 
benefits 

Other  
long term 
benefits(C)

Termination 
benefits

Short term 
incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

Other 
short  
term 
benefits(B)

Super- 
annuation 
benefits

Salary  
& Fees

Share-based payments

Accounting values

Current  
period 
expense(D)

Prior periods 
expense  
write-back(D)

Total  
share-based 
payments

Short term
incentive  
& other 
bonuses as a 
proportion of 
remuneration(E)

Total 

%

30
6 

32
6 

24

6 

36
–

31
28 

32

6 

37

3 

5 

 – 

31
7 

Year

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

Executives – Current

J Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter(1)
President, Strategy &  
Business Development

A Grace
President, Global Manufacturing

E Hunter
Chief Human Resources Officer  
& Shared Services

N Stratford(2)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

2017
2016

2017
2016

2017

2016

2017
2016

2017
2016

2017

2016

2,209
2,209

1,763
212 

897 
898

744 

896 

744 
124 

744 
745 

560 

545 

726
87 

394

73 

605
–

579
416 

459

55 

2017

504

494

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

–

–

–
300 

–
–

34 

12 

63 

20 
19 

20 
19 

20 

19 

20 
3 

20 
19 

20 

19 

13 

43 
43 

9 
24 

18 

16 

4 
1 

20 
17 

4 

7 

32 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

–

–

1,790 
1,111 

589 
366 

491 

296 

329 
21 

491 
305 

373 

229 

245 

–
(641)

–
(211)

–

(146)

–
–

–
(176)

–

(126)

1,790
470 

589
155 

491

150 

329 
21 

491
129 

373

103 

5,825
2,953 

2,241
1,183 

1,667

1,154 

1,702
449 

1,854
1,326 

1,450

741 

–

245 

1,351

Executives – Former
S Dawson(3)
President, Manufacturing Operations 2016

510 

50 

3 

13 

15 

753 

305 

(176)

129 

1,473 

G Kubera(4)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

2016

815 

75 

48 

2016

134 

 – 

63 

 – 

5 

 – 

2 

420 

211 

 – 

211 

1,569 

964 

37 

(127)

(90)

1,078 

J Whiteside(5)
Chief Operating Officer,  
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

Total Executives 

2017
2016

6,402 
6,876 

5,020
968 

97 
426 

133 
116 

130 
125 

–
2,137 

4,308 
2,881 

–
(1,603)

4,308
1,278 

16,090
11,926 

(A)   Certain STI payments are awarded in US$. Such STI payments were converted to A$ at the spot rate on 30 September 2017, being 1.2745.

(B)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2017: 1 April 2016 to  
31 March 2017) (2016: 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. For Mr Stratford, this 
includes rental subsidies in relation to his role as President, Dyno Nobel Americas. For Ms Hunter, this amount related to relocation allowances paid in the 2017 
financial year.

(C)    Other long term benefits represent long service leave accrued during the reporting period. 

(D)   In accordance with accounting standards, remuneration includes the amortisation of the fair value of performance rights issued under the LTI Plans that are 

expected to vest, less any write-back on performance rights lapsed or expected to lapse as a result of actual or expected performance against non-market hurdles 
(“Option Accounting Value”). The value disclosed in the above Table 7 represents the portion of fair value allocated to this reporting period and is not indicative of 
the benefit, if any, that may be received by the Executive should the performance conditions with respect to the relevant long term incentive plan be satisfied. 

(E)   The short term incentive and other bonuses as a proportion of remuneration is calculated based on the short term incentive expense as a proportion of the total 

remuneration (excluding the prior period share-based payment expense write-back).

(1)    Ms Balter commenced employment with the Company and became a KMP on 1 August 2016 and the disclosures for the 2016 financial year are from that date.  
Ms Balter’s contract included a one-off payment of $300,000 (less applicable taxes) as compensation for incentives foregone arising from cessation of her 
employment with her previous employer. The payment was made in the 2016 financial year.

(2)    Mr Stratford’s fixed remuneration payments were converted from US$ to A$ at the average rate for 6 February 2017 to 30 September 2017, being 1.3365.

(3)    Mr Dawson ceased to be a member of the Executive Team and a KMP with effect from 7 June 2016.

(4)    Mr Kubera ceased employment with the Company on 30 September 2016. The payments accrued to Mr Kubera in the 2016 financial year included a separation 

payment of US$300,000 in accordance with his employment contract as well as employer contributions to medical and dental benefits in the amount of US$9,336 
and accrued annual leave of US$39,123.

(5)    Mr Whiteside ceased employment with the Company on 4 November 2015. Termination payments received by Mr Whiteside in the 2016 financial year included a 

separation payment in the amount of $667,304 and long service leave in the amount of $296,980.

37

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Table 8 – Actual Pay

The table below provides a summary of actual remuneration paid to the Executives in the 2017 financial year (noting that for 
individuals who ceased to be KMP in the 2016 financial year, only comparative information is shown in the table). The accounting 
values of the Executives’ remuneration reported in accordance with the Accounting Standards may not always reflect what the 
Executives have actually received, particularly due to the valuation of share based payments. The table below seeks to clarify this 
by setting out the actual remuneration that the Executives have been paid in the financial year. Executive remuneration details 
prepared in accordance with statutory requirements and the Accounting Standards are presented in Table 7 of this report. 

Executives – Current
J Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter
President, Strategy & Business Development

A Grace
President, Global Manufacturing

E Hunter
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services

N Stratford
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

Executives – Former

S Dawson
President, Manufacturing Operations 

G Kubera
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

J Whiteside
Chief Operating Officer, Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

Total Executives 

Year

2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016

2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017

2016

2016

2016
2017
2016

Short Term 
Incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

$000

Other 
Short Term 
benefits(B)

$000

Superannuation  
benefits

Termination  
benefits

$000

$000

212 
2,005 
87 
825 
73 
76 

–
–
416 
535 
55 
522 
–

535 

56 

611 
843 
5,165 

 – 
 – 
– 

 – 
– 

 – 

–
300
 – 
 – 
34 
12 
63 

3 

46 

63 
97 
424 

20 
19 
20 
19 
20 
19 

20 
3 
20 
19 
20 
19 
13 

13 

–

5 
133 
116 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
–

–

–

964 
–
964 

Salary  
& Fees

$000

2,209 
2,209 
897 
898 
744 
896 

744 
124 
744 
745 
560 
545 
504 

510 

815 

134 
6,402 
6,876 

Total 

$000

2,441 
4,233 
1,004 
1,742 
837 
991 

764 
427 
1,180 
1,299 
669 
1,098 
580 

1,061 

917 

1,777 
7,475 
13,545 

(A)   Represents short term incentives paid during the 2017 financial year in relation to incentives awarded in respect of the 2016 financial year under the 2016 STI.

(B)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2017: 1 April 2016 to  

31 March 2017) (2016: 1 April 2015 to 31 March 2016), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

38

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

5.   Executives – Summary of terms of employment

5.1  CEO Transition
Mr James Fazzino was appointed as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 29 July 2009. In February 2017, the Company 
announced that Mr Fazzino would be stepping down from the role of Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer. Mr Fazzino will 
cease as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on 14 November 2017. This section provides details of Mr Fazzino’s 
remuneration during the 2017 financial year and his cessation arrangements. Refer to section 5.3 for specific information relating to 
the terms of Mr Fazzino’s service agreement.

As announced to the ASX on 9 August 2017, Ms Jeanne Johns will commence as Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer on  
15 November 2017. Details of Ms Johns’ remuneration and other contractual arrangements are outlined in the ASX announcement 
dated 9 August 2017 and a summary is included below. 

Outgoing CEO remuneration and cessation arrangements

For the 2017 financial year, Mr Fazzino’s FAR was $2,228,245. 

Mr Fazzino participated in the 2017 STI. For the 2017 financial year, Mr Fazzino’s maximum STI opportunity was 100% of his FAR. 
Mr Fazzino was awarded a STI payment of $1,763,024.

Mr Fazzino also participated in the LTI 2014/17. On determination of performance measured against the performance conditions, in 
accordance with the LTI 2014/17 plan rules, 532,039 of Mr Fazzino’s performance rights will vest in the 2018 financial year. Mr 
Fazzino also participates in the LTI 2015/18 and the LTI 2016/19, pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was granted 562,688 performance 
rights (under the LTI 2015/18) and 807,335 performance rights (under the LTI 2016/19). Each grant was approved by shareholders 
at the relevant Annual General Meeting.

Mr Fazzino will cease employment with the Company on 14 November 2017. In accordance with the terms of his service 
agreement, Mr Fazzino will receive:

•  payment in lieu of notice of $631,818, for the period 15 November 2017 to 24 February 2018 (being the balance of his 12 

month notice period); and

•  payment of accrued annual leave and accrued long service leave. 

Mr Fazzino will also retain a pro rata portion of his unvested LTI grants from previous years, reflecting the portion of the relevant 
performance period that he will have served as at the date of cessation of his employment. As a result, he will retain the following 
unvested performance rights:

•  398,400 performance rights granted under the LTI 2015/18; and

•  302,290 performance rights granted under the LTI 2016/19.

Mr Fazzino’s retained performance rights will remain subject to their original terms. They will be tested against the relevant 
performance conditions at the end of the relevant performance periods. There will be no relaxation of the performance hurdles and 
no acceleration of the testing of those hurdles.

No other payments will be made to Mr Fazzino in respect of his cessation of employment. 

Incoming CEO service agreement terms

The ASX announcement dated 9 August 2017 sets out material terms of Ms Johns’ service agreement. Ms Johns’ service agreement 
is unlimited in term but is capable of termination. This section includes a summary of the terms of Ms Johns’ service agreement in 
respect of her remuneration. 

FAR

STI

LTI

$1,600,000 per annum, reviewed annually. This includes superannuation guarantee 
contributions required to comply with superannuation guarantee legislation, if payable (noting 
that Ms Johns’ salary will be exempt from the Superannuation Guarantee Scheme pursuant to 
current legislative provisions).

For the financial year ending 30 September 2018, the maximum opportunity will be 150% of 
FAR for stretch performance and 100% of FAR for target performance. 50% of any STI earned 
will be deferred into equity to be released over a two-year period following the making of an 
STI award, subject to meeting a service condition.

For the financial year ending 30 September 2018, the maximum opportunity will comprise 
performance rights to the value of 150% of FAR, subject to shareholder approval. The amount 
which vests is dependent on meeting vesting conditions.

39

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notice and Termination

12 months written notice must be provided by either party to terminate without cause. Ms 
Johns may be required to serve out the whole or part of the notice period on an active or 
passive basis or be paid in lieu of notice at the Board’s discretion.

Ms Johns may terminate the agreement by giving notice within 30 days of an event giving 
rise to a fundamental change, being a circumstance where either:

•  Ms Johns ceases to be the most senior executive of the Group; or
•  there is a substantial diminution in her responsibilities or authority,

but excludes any change or diminution arising through termination or notice of termination 
given under another provision of her service agreement, or arising with Ms Johns’ consent.

The Company may terminate Ms Johns’ employment immediately for cause.

Termination payments

Treatment of any STI or LTI plan benefits on termination will be determined by the rules of the 
applicable plans. 

No payment will be made in respect of termination of employment in excess of the amount 
lawfully payable under Part 2D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 without shareholder approval.

5.2  Executives
Remuneration and other terms of employment for the Executives are formalised in service agreements. Most Executives are 
engaged on similar contractual terms, with minor variations to address differing circumstances. Refer to section 5.3 for specific 
information relating to the service agreements.

FAR for the Executives comprises salary paid in cash and mandatory employer superannuation contributions. FAR may also come in 
other forms such as fringe benefits (eg motor vehicles). In relation to the Executives’ FAR, no increase from the 2016 financial year 
was made for the 2017 financial year. For the 2018 financial year, the Board has determined to increase the Executives’ FAR by 2% 
with effect from 1 October 2017.

Details of the Executives’ participation in the Company’s STI and LTI plans, including the outcomes of each plan, are set out in 
sections 3 and 4. 

5.3  Service agreement terms
Each Executive service agreement is unlimited in term; however, each service agreement provides that the Company may 
terminate the Executive’s employment:

• 

immediately for cause, without payment of any separation payment, save as to accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued 
annual leave and accrued long service leave;

•  otherwise, without cause, with or without notice, in which case the Company must pay a separation payment plus accrued 

fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave and accrued long service leave. 

The notice period to be provided by the Executive is set out in the table below:

Notice period to be provided by the Executive

J Fazzino 
F Micallef
S Atkinson
L Balter
A Grace
E Hunter 
N Stratford

6 months 
13 weeks
13 weeks
13 weeks
8 weeks
13 weeks 
13 weeks

The separation payment included in each Executive’s contract is capped at an amount equivalent to a specified number of weeks 
of FAR for the Executive. Mr Fazzino’s separation payment is equal to 52 weeks of FAR as at the date of termination (subject to the 
provisions relating to termination benefits in Part 2D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001). All other Executives’ contracts provide for a 
separation payment of 26 weeks of FAR, save for Mr Atkinson’s and Mr Stratford’s contracts. Mr Atkinson’s and Mr Stratford’s 
contracts provide for a separation payment equal to 52 weeks of FAR. Additionally, Mr Micallef’s and Mr Grace’s contracts further 
provide that IPL may terminate the agreement on notice in the case of incapacity, in which case the Company must pay the 
separation payment plus accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave and accrued long service leave.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

40

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

6.   Non-Executive Director Remuneration

IPL’s policy is to:

•  remunerate non-executive directors by way of fees and payments which may be in the form of cash and superannuation 

benefits; and

•  set the level of non-executive directors’ fees and payments to be consistent with the market and to enable IPL Group to attract 

and retain directors of an appropriate calibre.

Non-executive directors are not remunerated by way of options, shares, performance rights, bonuses nor by incentive-based payments.

Non-executive directors receive a fee for being a director of the Board and non-executive directors, other than the Chairman of the 
Board, receive additional fees for either chairing or being a member of a Board Committee. The level of fees paid to a non-
executive director is determined by the Board after an annual review and reflects a non-executive director’s time commitments 
and responsibilities. 

For the 2017 financial year, there were no increases to non-executive directors’ fees. Fees paid to non-executive directors 
amounted to $1,650,000, which was within the $2,000,000 maximum aggregate fee pool approved by shareholders at the 2008 
Annual General Meeting. 

For the 2018 financial year, the Board has again determined that there will be no increase to non-executive director fees. 

The table below sets out the Board and Committee fees as at 30 September 2017: 

Board Fees

Chairperson
Members

Committee Fees

Audit & Risk Management Committee
Chairperson
Members

Remuneration Committee
Chairperson
Members

HSEC Committee
Chairperson
Members

Nominations Committee
Chairperson
Members

$532,500
$177,500

$47,200
$23,600

$35,400
$17,700

$35,400
$17,700

N/A
$8,250

Table 9 – Non-executive directors’ remuneration

Details of the non-executive directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2017 are set out in the  
following table:

Board and  
Committee Fees

Cash allowances  
and other short  
term benefits(A)

Post-employment  
benefits

Other long  
term benefits

Non-executive directors – Current
P Brasher, Chairman

K Fagg

G Hayes(1)

R McGrath

G Smorgon AM

J Breunig(2)
B Kruger
Non-executive directors – Former
J Marlay

Total non-executive directors 

Year

2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2017

2017
2016
2017
2016

Fees

$000

513 
514 
207 
196 
206 
207 
225 
226 
198 
202 
64 
65 

46 
218 
1,524 
1,563

Superannuation  
benefits  

$000

$000

$000

–
–
–
–
7 
–
–
–
–
–
10 
–

2
–
19
–

20 
19 
19 
17 
19 
18 
20 
19 
19 
19 
–
6 

4 
19 
107 
111

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Total

$000

533 
533 
226 
213 
232 
225 
245 
245 
217 
221 
74 
71 

52 
237 
1,650 
1,674

(A)  Cash allowances and other short term benefits include travel allowances and the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year. 
(1)  This relates to travel benefits received by Mr Hayes that were subject to fringe benefits tax. 
(2)  Mr Breunig resides in the United States and receives a travel allowance of $5,000 per trip to Australia to attend Board and/or Committee meetings.

41

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
7.  Shareholdings in IPL

Table 10 – Movements in shares in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each 
KMP, including their related parties, is set out in the table below:

Opening balance

Shares acquired

Shares disposed

Closing balance

Number of Shares(A)

Non-executive directors(1)

P Brasher

K Fagg

G Hayes

R McGrath

G Smorgon AM

J Breunig

B Kruger

Executive directors

J Fazzino

Executive

F Micallef

S Atkinson

L Balter

A Grace

E Hunter

N Stratford

 60,600 

 10,000 

 10,000 

 18,758 

 13,100 

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

 14,620

 1,914,562 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –

–

 50,744 

 50,270 

–

 75,800 

–

 19,620 

 234 

 (34,444)

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

–

 – 

–

 – 

–

 60,600 

 10,000 

 10,000 

 18,758 

 13,100 

–

 14,620 

 1,914,562 

 16,534 

 50,270 

–

 75,800 

–

 19,620 

(A)    Includes fully paid ordinary shares and shares acquired under IPL’s incentive plans. Details of these plans are set out in note 17, Share-based payments.
(1)    Mr John Marlay ceased to be a non-executive director on 16 December 2016 and, at that time, held 37,926 shares in the Company. Mr Marlay did not transact any 

ordinary shares during the period in the 2017 financial year during which he was a director.

8.  Other KMP Disclosures

Loans to KMP 

In the 2017 financial year, there were no loans to KMP or their related parties (2016: nil).

Other KMP transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the 2017 and 2016 financial years with KMP, were on terms and conditions no 
more favourable than those available to other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm 

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the Group purchased services of $505,742 during the year (2016: $962,735).  
Mr Fazzino’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino has not engaged PwC at any time for any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased services of 

$1,063,667 during the year (2016: $494,202). Ms Fagg’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Ms Fagg was not 
involved in any engagement of KPMG.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Paul V Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 14th day of November 2017

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

42

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia 

Tel:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7000 
Fax:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7001 
www.deloitte.com.au 

The Board of Directors 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 

14 November 2017 

Dear Board Members 

Incitec Pivot Limited 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the 
following declaration of independence to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited. 

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial statements of Incitec Pivot Limited for the 
financial year ended 30 September 2017, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, 
there have been no contraventions of: 

(i)  the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 

audit; and 

(ii)  any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   

Yours sincerely 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi 
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited 

43

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Report

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and  
Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Directors’ Declaration on the Consolidated  
Financial Statements set out on pages 45 to 81 

Audit Report 

Shareholder Information 

Five Year Financial Statistics 

46

47

48

49

50

82

83

88

89

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

44

Financial report

Introduction

This is the consolidated financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company, IPL, or Incitec Pivot) a company domiciled in 
Australia, and its subsidiaries including its interests in joint ventures and associates (collectively referred to as the Group) for 
the financial year ended 30 September 2017.

Content and structure of the financial report

The notes to the financial statements and the related accounting policies are grouped into the following distinct sections in the 
2017 financial report. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Financial performance: Provides detail on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income and Consolidated Statement of Financial Position that are most relevant in forming an understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance for the year.

Shareholder returns: Provides information on the performance of the Group in generating shareholder returns.

Capital structure: Provides information about the Group’s capital and funding structures.

Capital investment: Provides information on the Group’s investment in tangible and intangible assets, and the Group’s 
future capital commitments.

Risk management: Provides information about the Group’s risk exposures, risk management practices, provisions and 
contingent liabilities.

Other: Provides information on items that require disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and the 
requirements under the Corporations Act. 

Information is included in the notes to the financial report only to the extent it is considered material and relevant to the 
understanding of the financial report. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:

l 
l 
l 
l 

the dollar amount is significant in size (quantitative factor)
the item is significant by nature (qualitative factor)
the Group’s result cannot be understood without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor)
it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance.

45

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Revenue

Financial and other income

Share of profit of equity accounted investments

Operating expenses

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

Raw materials and consumables used and finished goods purchased for resale

Employee expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Financial expenses

Purchased services

Repairs and maintenance

Outgoing freight

Lease payments – operating leases

Asset impairment write-downs and restructuring costs

Other expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Actuarial gain/(losses) on defined benefit plans

Gross fair value losses on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value gains on cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedge (gains)/losses transferred to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

Net gains on hedge of net investment

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share

Basic (cents per share)

Diluted (cents per share)

Notes

(2)

(2)

(13)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(19)

(16)

(16)

(16)

(16)

(5)

(5)

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

 3,473.4 

 3,353.7 

 102.3 

 39.9 

 56.2 

 35.9 

 (28.9)

 10.4 

 (1,537.7)

 (1,494.0)

 (596.3)

 (273.3)

 (114.0)

 (152.4)

 (135.2)

 (265.1)

 (61.6)

(4.7)

 (53.9)

 392.5 

 (70.9)

 321.6 

 41.7 

 (0.8)

 (14.9)

 26.0 

 52.9 

(34.8)

 (103.5)

 69.2 

1.5

 (14.7)

 (637.6)

 (244.5)

 (59.1)

 (144.0)

 (144.1)

 (231.3)

 (66.5)

 (241.3)

 (57.2)

 136.6 

 (7.2)

 129.4 

 (21.9)

 (0.1)

 7.5 

 (14.5)

 3.2 

 5.9 

 (282.5)

 237.9 

 9.7 

 (25.8)

11.3

 (40.3)

 332.9 

 89.1 

 318.7 

 2.9 

 321.6 

 330.0 

 2.9 

 332.9 

 18.9 

 18.8 

 128.1 

 1.3 

 129.4 

 87.8 

 1.3 

 89.1 

7.6 

7.6 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

46

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 September 2017

Notes

(8)

(4)

(4)

(16)

(4)

(16)

(13)

(9)

(10)

(3)

(4)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(4)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(3)

(19)

(7)

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

 627.9 

 337.7 

 388.6 

 76.2 

 22.6 

 – 

427.1 

256.1 

405.7 

39.3 

9.2 

4.5 

 1,453.0 

1,141.9 

 5.1 

 30.7 

 18.6 

 316.9 

 3,854.8 

 3,121.0 

 21.6 

 7,368.7 

 8,821.7 

 1,043.7 

 12.1 

 19.4 

 78.0 

 11.8 

20.7 

62.8 

37.2 

318.0 

3,892.7 

3,182.5 

23.2 

7,537.1 

8,679.0 

939.5 

11.1 

5.2 

114.4 

–

 1,165.0 

1,070.2 

 14.9 

7.3 

 2,212.0 

2,278.3 

 28.3 

 95.1 

509.1

 38.2 

 2,897.6 

 4,062.6 

 4,759.1 

 3,436.8 

 (197.9)

 1,514.2 

 6.0 

96.9 

88.1 

462.9 

99.0 

3,032.5

4,102.7 

4,576.3 

3,436.8 

(187.3)

1,322.5 

 4.3 

4,759.1 

4,576.3 

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Other assets

Other financial assets

Current tax assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Other financial assets

Equity accounted investments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligation

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

47

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year

Adjusted for non-cash items

Net finance cost

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Share of profit of equity accounted investments

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Non-cash share-based payment transactions

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

Current tax expense

Changes in assets and liabilities

(Increase)/decrease in receivables and other operating assets

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Increase in payables, provisions and other operating liabilities

Adjusted for cash items

Dividends received

Interest received

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for acquisition of subsidiaries

Repayments of loans to equity accounted investees

Payments from settlement of net investment hedge derivatives

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayments of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Realised market value gain on derivatives

Dividends paid to members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Dividends paid to non-controlling interest holder

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Notes

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

321.6 

129.4 

(2)

(9)

(13)

(2)

(17)

(3)

(3)

(13)

(8)

(8)

(6)

(8)

108.7 

273.3 

4.7 

(39.9)

(19.8)

4.6 

41.7 

29.2 

(50.3)

11.0 

32.9 

717.7 

34.9 

5.3 

(97.3)

(12.9)

647.7 

50.2 

244.5 

172.3 

(35.9)

(0.8)

1.2 

(27.5)

34.7 

14.5 

(18.7)

99.4 

663.3 

35.6 

8.9 

(50.8)

(81.7)

575.3 

(319.7)

(435.5)

39.8 

(2.5)

12.5 

(18.4)

(288.3)

(505.1)

508.0 

2.8 

(153.5)

(1.2)

(149.0)

210.4 

427.1 

(9.6) 

627.9 

1.2 

–

0.4 

(46.5)

(480.4)

(828.3)

759.6 

–

(194.0)

–

(262.7)

(167.8)

606.3 

(11.4)

427.1 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

48

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Issued  
capital  
$mill

Notes

Cash  
flow  
hedging 
reserve 
$mill 

Share 
-based  
payments 
reserve 
$mill

Foreign  
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$mill

Fair  
value  
reserve 
$mill

Retained 
earnings 
$mill

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
$mill

Total 
$mill

Total 
equity  
$mill

Balance at 1 October 2015

 3,430.9 

 (39.9)

 27.0 

 (132.6)

 (11.2)

 1,402.8 

 4,677.0

 3.0 

 4,680.0

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

(6)

Shares issued during the year

Share-based payment transactions  (17)

–

–

–

 5.9 

–

–

 6.3 

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (5.9)

 1.2 

–

–

 128.1 

 128.1 

 1.3 

 129.4 

 (32.1)

 (0.1)

 (14.4)

 (40.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (194.0)

 (194.0)

–

–

–

 1.2 

–

–

–

–

 (40.3)

 (194.0)

–

 1.2 

Balance at 30 September 2016

 3,436.8 

 (33.6)

 22.3 

 (164.7)

 (11.3)

 1,322.5 

 4,572.0 

 4.3 

 4,576.3 

Balance at 1 October 2016

 3,436.8 

 (33.6)

 22.3 

 (164.7)

 (11.3)

 1,322.5 

 4,572.0 

 4.3 

 4,576.3 

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

(6)

Share-based payment transactions  (17)

–

–

–

–

–

13.5

–

–

–

–

–

 4.6 

–

–

 318.7 

 318.7 

 2.9 

 321.6 

 (28.2)

 (0.5)

26.5

11.3

–

 11.3 

–

–

–

–

 (153.5)

 (153.5)

 (1.2)

 (154.7)

–

 4.6 

–

 4.6 

Balance at 30 September 2017

 3,436.8 

 (20.1)

 26.9 

 (192.9)

 (11.8)

 1,514.2 

 4,753.1 

 6.0 

 4,759.1 

Cash flow hedging reserve
This reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Share-based payments reserve
This reserve comprises the fair value of rights recognised as an employee expense under the terms of the LTI 2014/17, LTI 
2015/18 and LTI 2016/19.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled operations are taken to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. The relevant portion of the reserve is recognised in the profit or loss when the foreign operation is disposed of. 

The foreign currency translation reserve is also used to record gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign 
operations. 

Fair value reserve
This reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity instruments. The annual net change in the fair 
value of investments in equity securities (including both realised and unrealised gains and losses) is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Non-controlling interest
Represents a 35 percent outside equity interest in Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based fertiliser marketing company. 

49

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Basis of preparation 

Financial performance 

1   Segment report

2  Revenue and expenses

3 

4 

Taxation

Trade and other assets and liabilities

Shareholder returns 

5 

Earnings per share

6  Dividends

Capital structure 

7 

Contributed equity

8  Net debt

Capital investment

9  Property, plant and equipment

10  Intangibles

11  Impairment of goodwill and non-current assets

12  Commitments

13  Equity accounted investments

14  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

Risk management

15  Provisions and contingencies

16  Financial risk management

Other 

17  Share-based payments  

18  Key management personnel disclosures

19  Retirement benefit obligation

20  Deed of cross guarantee

21  Parent entity disclosure

22  Auditor’s remuneration

23  Events subsequent to reporting date

51

52

54

55

57

58

58

59

60

62

63

64

66

66

67

69

70

78

78

79

80

80

81

81

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Basis of preparation 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Basis of preparation and consolidation

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative 
Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/
Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission dated  
24 March 2016 and, in accordance with that Legislative 
Instrument, the amounts shown in this report and in the 
financial statements have been rounded off, except where 
otherwise stated, to the nearest one hundred thousand 
dollars.

Accounting standards issued 

The Group adopted all amendments to Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board (AASB) that are relevant to its operations and 
effective for the current year. The adoption of these revised 
Standards and Interpretations did not have a material impact 
on the Group’s results.

The following relevant standards were available for early 
adoption but have not been applied by the Group:

l  AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers  

Details of the expected impact of AASB 15 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, are included in note 2.

l  AASB 16: Leases 

Details of the expected impact of AASB 16 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, are included in note 12. 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for 
certain financial instruments which have been measured at 
fair value. 

The financial results and financial position of the Group are 
expressed in Australian dollars, which is the functional 
currency of the Company and the presentation currency for 
the consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for 
issue by the directors on 14 November 2017.

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group. The 
financial results and financial position of the subsidiaries are 
included in the consolidated financial statements from the 
date control commences until the date control ceases. 

A list of the Group’s subsidiaries is included in note 14.

Joint ventures and associates

A joint venture is an arrangement where the parties have 
rights to the net assets of the venture.

Associates are those entities in respect of which the Group has 
significant influence, but not control, over the financial and 
operating policies of the entities.

Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for 
using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, 
and subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial 
statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income of the investees. 

A list of the Group’s joint ventures and associates is included in 
note 14.

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements are general purpose 
financial statements which have been prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards (including Australian 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The 
consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and 
interpretations. The Company is a for-profit entity.

Key estimates and judgments
Key accounting estimates and judgments are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors, including expectation of future events that may have 
a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the subsequent related actual result. The estimates and 
judgments that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are set out in the 
notes.

51

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

1. Segment report

The Group operates a number of strategic divisions that offer different products and services and operate in different markets. 
For reporting purposes, these divisions are known as reportable segments. The results of each segment are reviewed monthly 
by the Group’s chief operating decision-maker to assess performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources.

Description of reportable segments

Asia Pacific
Fertilisers is made up of the following reportable segments:

l 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF): manufactures and distributes fertilisers in Eastern Australia. The products that IPF 
manufactures include urea, ammonia and single super phosphate. IPF also imports products from overseas suppliers and 
purchases ammonium phosphates from Southern Cross International for resale. 

l  Southern Cross International (SCI): manufactures ammonium phosphates and is a distributor of its manufactured fertiliser 
product to wholesalers in Australia (including IPF) and the export market. SCI operates the Industrial Chemicals business 
and also includes the Group’s 65 percent share of the Hong Kong marketing company, Quantum Fertilisers Limited.

Fertilisers Elimination (Fertilisers Elim): represents the elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from the sale of SCI 
manufactured products to IPF at an import parity price.

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining 
industry in the Asia Pacific region and Turkey.

Asia Pacific Eliminations (APAC Elim): represents elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from IPF and SCI sales to DNAP 
at an arm’s length transfer price.

Americas
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining, 
quarrying and construction industries in the Americas (USA, Canada, Mexico and Chile). It also manufactures and sells industrial 
chemicals to the agriculture and specialist industries.

Corporate
Corporate costs include all head office expenses that cannot be directly attributed to the operation of any of the Group’s businesses.

Group Eliminations (Group Elim): represents elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from intersegment sales at an 
arm’s length transfer price.

Reportable segments – financial information

30 September 2017

Notes

IPF 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

Fertilisers 
Elim 
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

DNAP 
$mill

APAC 
Elim 
$mill

Total 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Group  
Elim 
$mill

Corporate(i) 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Asia Pacific

 Americas

Revenue from external customers 

(2) 1,010.3 

553.3  (213.8) 1,349.8 

933.2  (19.2) 2,263.8 

1,251.4 

(41.8)

Share of profits of equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA(ii)

(13)

–

–

–

–

16.0 

84.9 

85.0 

1.2 

171.1 

273.3 

Depreciation and amortisation

(2)

(28.1)

(39.1)

–

(67.2)

(84.3)

EBIT(iii)

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interest

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets(iv)

Deferred tax balances
Net assets

(3)

(3)

56.8 

45.9 

1.2 

103.9 

189.0 

696.8

503.5

(495.0)

(123.7)

201.8

379.8

–

–

–

1,200.3

2,870.0

(618.7)

(250.6)

581.6

2,619.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,473.4 

39.9 

774.5 

16.0 

444.4 

23.9 

348.7 

–

0.3 

(18.9)

(151.5)

(120.3)

–

(1.5)

(273.3)

292.9 

228.4 

0.3 

(20.4)

501.2 

(108.7)

(70.9)

321.6 

(2.9)

318.7 

4,070.3

4,021.8

(869.3)

(484.2)

3,201.0

3,537.6

–

–

–

708.0

8,800.1

(2,200.0)

(3,553.5)

(1,492.0)

5,246.6

(487.5)
4,759.1

(i)  Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(ii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense, Depreciation and Amortisation.
(iii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense.
(iv)  Net segment assets excluding deferred tax balances.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

52

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

1. Segment report (continued)

Reportable segments – financial information (continued)

30 September 2016

Notes

IPF 
$mill

Fertilisers 
Elim 
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

DNAP 
$mill

APAC  
Elim 
$mill

Total 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Group  
Elim 
$mill

Corporate 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Asia Pacific

 Americas

Revenue from external customers 

(2)

906.1 

631.8 

(196.0) 1,341.9 

920.8 

(14.9) 2,247.8 

1,150.6 

(44.7)

Share of profits of equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA

(13)

–

–

–

–

15.5 

71.2 

98.3 

2.1 

171.6 

267.6 

Depreciation and amortisation

(2)

(26.9)

(40.5)

–

(67.4)

(81.5)

EBIT

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interest

Individually material items (net of tax)

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets

Deferred tax balances
Net assets

44.3 

57.8 

2.1 

104.2 

186.1 

676.4 

515.7 

(482.5)

(100.2)

193.9 

415.5 

–

–

–

1,192.1  2,873.8 

(582.7)

(249.2)

609.4  2,624.6

(3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15.5 

439.2 

20.4 

253.5 

(148.9)

(93.9)

–

1.5 

–

–

–

(21.6)

3,353.7 

35.9 

672.6 

(1.7)

(244.5)

290.3 

159.6 

1.5 

(23.3)

428.1 

(50.2)

(81.4)

296.5 

(1.3)

(167.1)

128.1 

4,065.9 

4,079.7 

(831.9)

(540.8)

3,234.0 

3,538.9 

–

–

–

510.2 

8,655.8 

(2,267.1)

(3,639.8)

(1,756.9)

5,016.0 

(439.7)
4,576.3 

Geographical information – secondary reporting segments

The Group operates in four principal countries being Australia (country of domicile), USA, Canada and Turkey.

In presenting information on the basis of geographical information, revenue is based on the geographical location of the entity 
making the sale. Assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

30 September 2017

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

 2,155.2 

 1,046.8 

 173.4 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

 3,513.5 

 3,634.9 

Trade and other receivables

 171.3 

 71.5 

30 September 2016

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

 55.5 

 40.8 

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

2,151.5 

885.1 

182.4 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

3,580.3 

3,710.2 

Trade and other receivables

118.4 

71.5 

52.8 

34.3 

Turkey
$mill

 61.6 

 1.4 

 16.9 

Turkey
$mill

57.9 

1.4 

12.2 

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

36.4

 3,473.4 

 123.2 

 7,328.5 

 42.3 

 342.8 

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

76.8 

3,353.7 

132.0 

40.4 

7,476.7 

276.8 

53

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

2. Revenue and expenses

Notes

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

Revenue

External sales

Total revenue

Financial income

Interest income

Other income

Income from delay damages

Royalty income and management fees

(13)

Net gain on sale of property, plant  
and equipment 

Other income from operations

3,473.4

3,353.7 

3,473.4

3,353.7 

5.3

8.9 

47.2

23.2

19.8

6.8

20.6

24.3 

0.8 

1.6 

Total financial and other income

102.3

56.2 

Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Depreciation and amortisation

depreciation

amortisation

Notes

(9)

(10)

Total depreciation and amortisation

Recoverable amount write-down

property, plant and equipment

(9)

Total recoverable amount write-down

Amounts set aside to provide for:

impairment losses on trade and  
other receivables

inventory losses and obsolescence

employee entitlements

environmental liabilities

legal and other provisions

(4)

(4)

(15)

(15)

(15)

restructuring and rationalisation costs (15)

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

249.6

218.8 

23.7

25.7 

273.3

244.5 

4.7

4.7

5.6

1.1

0.6

0.4

2.4

0.4

172.3 

172.3 

3.1 

9.4 

3.6 

2.3 

15.9 

43.3 

10.2 

Research and development expense

11.9

Defined contribution superannuation 
expense

Defined benefit superannuation 
expense

28.1

31.6 

(19)

4.6

4.4 

Financial expenses

Unwinding of discount on provisions

(15)

Net interest expense on defined  
benefit obligation

(19)

Interest expenses on financial liabilities

Total financial expenses

4.9

2.9

106.2

114.0

5.0 

3.3 

50.8 

59.1 

Individually material items

There were no items of revenue or expenses that require 
separate disclosure in order to explain the Group’s financial 
performance at 30 September 2017.

The Group’s 2016 profit included the $150.8m (after tax 
$105.6m) impairment write-down of the Gibson Island 
manufacturing assets and business restructure costs of 
$90.5m (after tax $61.5m).

Key accounting policies

Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable by the Group. Amounts disclosed as 
revenue are net of returns, trade allowances and amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties.

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as 
follows:

Sale of goods: revenue from the sale of goods is recognised 
when the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the buyer and where the costs incurred or to 
be incurred can be measured reliably.

Take-or-pay revenue: revenue is recognised in line with the 
sale of goods policy. In circumstances where goods are not 
taken by the customer, revenue is recognised when the 
likelihood of the customer meeting its obligation to ‘take 
goods’ becomes remote.

Services: revenue is recognised once the service is delivered. 
The fee for service component is recognised separately from 
the sale of goods.

Interest income is recognised as it accrues. 

Issued Accounting Standards not early adopted
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes 
principles for reporting the nature, amount, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an 
entity’s contracts with customers. The first application date 
for the Group is the financial year ending 30 September 
2019. The Group did not early adopt this Standard when it 
was issued. However, based on preliminary assessment of 
the Group’s material customer contracts, the impact of this 
standard on the recognition and reporting of the Group’s 
revenue is not considered material.

Goods and services tax 
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities (other than receivables 
and payables) are recognised net of the amount of goods and 
services tax (GST). The only exception is where the amount of 
GST incurred is not recoverable from the relevant taxation 
authorities. In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part 
of the cost of the asset or as part of the item of expenditure.

Other income 
Other income from operations represents gains that are not 
revenue. This includes royalty income and management fees 
from the Group’s joint ventures and associates, and income from 
contractual arrangements that are not considered revenue.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

54

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Movements in net deferred tax liabilities
The table below sets out movements in net deferred tax 
balances for the period ended 30 September:

Opening balance at 1 October

(Debited)/credited to the profit or loss

Charged to equity

Foreign exchange movements

Tax rate change

Adjustments in respect of prior years

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

(439.7)

(505.2)

(41.9)

(13.4)

7.3

–

0.2

27.4 

17.2 

20.8 

0.5 

(0.4)

Closing balance at 30 September

(487.5)

(439.7)

Key accounting policies
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises current tax (amounts payable or 
receivable within 12 months) and deferred tax (amounts payable 
or receivable after 12 months). Tax expense is recognised in the 
profit or loss, unless it relates to items that have been recognised 
in equity (as part of other comprehensive income). In this 
instance, the related tax expense is also recognised in equity.

Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable 
income for the year. It is calculated using tax rates applicable 
at the reporting date, and any adjustments to tax payable in 
respect of previous years.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and is calculated based on the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used 
for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates 
that are expected to be applied when the asset is realised or the 
liability is settled, based on the laws that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it 
is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the assets can be utilised. Deferred tax assets 
are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefits will be realised.

Offsetting tax balances
Tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legal 
right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis or to 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Tax consolidation
For details on the Company’s tax consolidated group refer to 
note 21.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

3. Taxation

Income tax expense for the year

Current tax expense
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax expense
Current year
Tax rate change
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Total income tax expense

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

26.3
2.9

29.2

41.9
–
(0.2)

41.7

70.9

33.0
1.7

34.7

(27.4)
(0.5)
0.4

(27.5)

7.2

Income tax reconciliation to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax

Tax at the Australian tax rate  
of 30% (2016: 30%)

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/
(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Other foreign deductions

Joint venture income

Sundry items

Difference in overseas tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Income tax expense attributable to profit

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

392.5

136.6 

117.8

41.0 

(30.1)

(12.0)

(7.9)

0.4
2.7

70.9

(25.9)

(10.9)

1.8 

(0.9)
2.1 

7.2 

Tax amounts recognised directly in equity
The aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the financial 
year and not recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged 
to equity is $13.4m for the year ended 30 September 2017  
(2016: credit of $17.2m). 

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Deferred tax balances comprise temporary differences 
attributable to the following:   

Employee entitlements provision
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions and accruals
Tax losses
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Joint venture income
Derivatives
Other
Net deferred tax liabilities

Presented in the Statement of  
Financial Position as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

15.4
13.4
44.4
68.7
(460.2)
(134.5)
(13.0)
(40.7)
19.0
(487.5)

20.0 
31.4 
53.5 
8.9 
(340.4)
(145.0)
(14.5)
(40.4)
(13.2)
(439.7)

21.6
(509.1)
(487.5)

23.2 
(462.9)
(439.7)

55

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

3. Taxation (continued)

Key accounting policies (continued)

Change in accounting policy
Recent guidance was published by the International Financial 
Reporting Interpretation Committee (IFRIC) on applicable 
indefinite life intangibles for the purposes of measuring 
deferred tax in accordance with AASB 112 Income Taxes.

This latest interpretation requires the recognition of deferred 
tax liabilities on intangibles assets with indefinite lives if 
there is no intent to sell the asset. Prior to this 
interpretation, the Group did not recognise deferred tax 
liabilities on indefinite life intangibles (Brand Names).

As such, the Group has retrospectively changed its 
accounting policy which has resulted in the recognition of a 
deferred tax liability of $20.3m, an increase in goodwill of 
$12.1m, and a decrease in retained earnings of $8.2m 
relating to the acquisition of Dyno Nobel. These adjustments 
impacted the Group’s 1 October 2015 balances.

Key estimates and judgments

Uncertain tax matters
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
foreign jurisdictions and as a result the calculation of the 
Group’s tax charge involves a degree of estimation and 
judgment in respect of certain items. In addition, there are 
transactions and calculations relating to the ordinary 
course of business for which the ultimate tax 
determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities 
for potential tax audit issues based on management’s 
assessment of whether additional taxes may be payable. 
Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different 
from the amounts that were initially recorded, these 
differences impact the current and deferred tax provisions 
in the period in which such determination is made. 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

56

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

4. Trade and other assets and liabilities

The Group’s total trade and other assets and liabilities 
consists of inventory, receivables and payables balances, net 
of provisions for any impairment losses.

The graph below shows the Group’s trade working capital 
(trade assets and liabilities) performance over a five year 
period.

Trade 
$mill

388.6 

310.7 

Other 
$mill

 – 

32.1 

Total 
$mill

388.6 

342.8 

(749.8)

(308.8) (1,058.6)

(50.5)

(276.7)

(327.2)

Trade 
$mill

405.7 

210.3 

Other 
$mill

–

66.5 

Total 
$mill

405.7 

276.8 

(665.2)

(281.6)

(946.8)

13 month rolling average trade working capital/
Annual net revenue

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

%
17.5

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

(49.2)

(215.1)

(264.3)

(2.5)

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY17

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

30 September 2017

Inventories

Receivables

Payables

30 September 2016

Inventories

Receivables

Payables

Inventory by category:

Raw materials and stores

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

Provisions

Total inventory balance

Provision movement:

2017 
$mill

 88.5 

 45.7 

2016 
$mill

 76.7 

 39.8 

 262.8 

 299.1 

 (8.4)

 (9.9)

 388.6 

 405.7 

Trade  
receivables 
$mill

 (29.8)

(5.6)

0.4

0.3

3.1

Inventories 
$mill

 (9.9)

(1.1)

1.7

0.9

–

30 September 2017

Carrying amount at 1 October 2016

Provisions made during the year

Provisions written back during the year

Amounts written off against provisions

Foreign exchange rate movements

Carrying amount at 30 September 2017

(31.6)

(8.4)

Receivables ageing and provision for impairment

Included in the following table is an age analysis of the 
Group’s trade receivables, along with impairment provisions 
against these balances at 30 September:

30 September 2017

Current

30–90 days

Over 90 days

Total

30 September 2016

Current

30–90 days

Over 90 days

Total

Gross 
$mill

Impairment 
$mill

Net 
$mill

295.2

13.9

33.2

342.3

(1.0)

(0.8)

(29.8)

294.2

13.1

3.4

(31.6)

310.7

Gross 
$mill

Impairment 
$mill

Net 
$mill

196.4 

14.7 

29.0 

240.1 

(0.7)

(2.3)

(26.8)

(29.8)

195.7 

12.4 

2.2 

210.3 

57

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Key accounting policies

Cents
35

Inventories

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year
value. The cost of manufactured goods is based on a 
weighted average costing method. For third party sourced 
finished goods, cost is net cost into store. 

30

25

Trade and other receivables

20

15

5

10

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial measurement they are measured at 
amortised cost less any provisions for expected impairment 
losses or actual impairment losses. Credit losses and 
recoveries of items previously written off are recognised in 
the profit or loss.

2016

2013

2014

2015

2012

0

AUDm
1200

Where substantially all risks and rewards relating to a 
receivable are transferred to a third party, the receivable is 
Drawn funds
derecognised.

Available limits

1000

Trade and other payables

800

Trade and other payables are stated at cost and represent 
liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior 
to the end of financial year, which are unpaid at the 
reporting date.

600

400

Bond
AUD200m

Bank facility
USD553m

Bank facility
AUD568m

200
Key estimates and judgments
0
The expected impairment loss calculation for trade 
Bank facility
receivables considers the impact of past events, and 
USD400m
exercises judgment over the impact of current and future 
Maturity
Date
economic conditions when considering the recoverability 
of outstanding trade receivable balances at the reporting 
date. Subsequent changes in economic and market 
conditions may result in the provision for impairment 
losses increasing or decreasing in future periods.

144A/reg S
USD800m

Aug 20

Dec 19

Feb 19

Oct 18

Oct 18

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Shareholder returns 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

5. Earnings per share

6. Dividends

2017 
Cents per share

2016 
  Cents per share

Dividends paid or declared by the Company in the year 
ended 30 September were:

Basic earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

Diluted earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

18.9

18.9

18.8

18.8

 7.6 

17.5

7.6

17.4

Ordinary shares

Final dividend of 7.4 cents per share,  
60 percent franked, paid 14 December 2015

Interim dividend of 4.1 cents per share,  
100 percent franked, paid 1 July 2016

Final dividend of 4.6 cents per share, 
unfranked, paid 13 December 2016

Number

Number

Interim dividend of 4.5 cents per share, 
unfranked, paid 3 July 2017

2017 
$000

2016 
$000

–

–

124,851 

69,175 

77,610 

75,923 

–

–

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of basic earnings  
per share

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of diluted earnings  
per share

1,687,170,521  1,686,971,487 

1,691,087,236  1,691,861,561 

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation 
of basic and diluted earnings per share 
Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

%
17.5

15.0

12.5

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

10.0

Individually material items after income tax

7.5

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
excluding individually material items

5.0

2.5

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

318.7

 128.1 

–

 167.1 

318.7

295.2 

0

The graph below shows the Group’s earnings per share and 
dividend payout over the last five years.

(2.5)

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

Company performance and dividends declared

Basic earnings per share (before individually material items)
Basic earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Available limits

Drawn funds

Cents
35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity

Date

Bank facility

Bank facility

Bond

144A/reg S

Bank facility

Reg S

AUD360m

USD217m

AUD200m

USD800m

USD500m

USD400m

Oct 18

Oct 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Oct 21

Aug 27

Total ordinary share dividends

153,533  194,026 

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have 
determined to pay a final dividend of 4.9 cents per share 
unfranked, to be paid on 19 December 2017. The total 
dividend payment will be $82.7m.

The financial effect of this dividend has not been recognised 
in the 2017 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consistent with recent years, the dividend reflects a payout 
ratio of approximately 50 percent of net profit after tax.

Franking credits

Franking credits available to shareholders of the Company 
were $0.4m (2016: $7.0m). The final dividend for 2017  
is unfranked.

Key accounting policies

A provision for dividends payable is recognised in the 
reporting period in which the dividends are paid. The 
provision is for the total undistributed dividend amount, 
regardless of the extent to which the dividend will be paid  
in cash. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

58

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Self-insurance

The Group also self-insures for certain insurance risks under 
the Singapore Insurance Act. Under this Act, authorised 
general insurer, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited (the Group’s 
self-insurance company), is required to maintain a minimum 
amount of capital. For the financial year ended 30 
September 2017, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited maintained 
capital in excess of the minimum requirements prescribed 
under this Act.

Issued capital

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares issued are classified as equity and are fully 
paid, have no par value and carry one vote per share and 
the right to dividends. Incremental costs directly attributable 
to the issue of new shares are recognised as a deduction 
from equity, net of any related income tax benefit.

Issued capital as at 30 September 2017 amounted to 
$3,436.8m on 1,687,170,521 ordinary shares (2016: 
1,687,170,521).

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

7. Contributed equity

Capital management

Capital is defined as the amount subscribed by shareholders 
to the Company’s ordinary shares and amounts advanced by 
debt providers to any Group entity. The Group’s objectives 
when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to 
continue as a going concern while providing returns to 
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders.

The Group’s key strategies for maintenance of an optimal 
capital structure include:

l   Aiming to maintain an investment grade credit profile 

and the requisite financial metrics. 

l   Securing access to diversified sources of debt funding 

with a spread of maturity dates and sufficient undrawn 
committed facility capacity.

l   Optimising over the long term, to the extent practicable, 
the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC), 
while maintaining financial flexibility.

In order to optimise its capital structure, the Group may 
undertake one or a combination of the following actions:

l   change the amount of dividends paid to shareholders;

l   return capital or issue new shares to shareholders;

l   vary discretionary capital expenditure;

l   raise new debt funding or repay existing debt balances; 

and

l   draw down additional debt or sell non-core assets to 

reduce debt.

Key financial metrics

The Group uses a range of financial metrics to monitor the 
efficiency of its capital structure, including EBITDA interest 
cover and gearing ratio (net debt/EBITDA before individually 
material items). Metrics are maintained inside of any debt 
covenant restrictions. At 30 September the Group’s position 
in relation to these metrics was: 

Gearing ratio (times)

equal or less than 2.5

Interest cover (times)

equal or more than 6.0

1.7

7.9

2.1

7.9

Target range

2017

2016

These ratios are impacted by a number of factors, including 
the level of cash retained from operating cash flows 
generated by the Group after paying all of its commitments 
(including dividends or other returns of capital), movements 
in foreign exchange rates, changes to market interest rates 
and the fair value of hedges economically hedging the 
Group’s net debt.

59

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

8. Net debt

The Group’s net debt comprises the net of interest bearing 
liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of 
derivative instruments economically hedging the foreign 
exchange rate and interest rate exposures of the Group’s 
interest bearing liabilities at the reporting date. The Group’s 
net debt at 30 September is analysed as follows: 

Interest bearing liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Notes

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

2,224.1 

2,289.4 

(627.9)

(427.1)

Fair value of derivatives

(16)

(304.3)

(468.5)

Net debt

1,291.9 

1,393.8 

At 30 September 2017, the Group’s gearing ratio was 1.7 
times (2016: 2.1 times). Refer note 7 for detail on the key 
financial metrics related to the Group’s capital structure.

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group’s interest bearing liabilities are unsecured and 
expose it to various market and liquidity risks. Detail on these 
risks and their mitigation are included in note 16.

The following table details the interest bearing liabilities of 
the Group at 30 September: 

Current
Other loans
Loans from joint ventures

Non-current
Other loans
Bank facilities
Fixed interest rate bonds

Total interest bearing liabilities

2017 
$mill

1.3
10.8 

12.1 

2016 
$mill

–
11.1

11.1

5.4 
472.4 
1,734.2 

–
1,009.0 
1,269.3 

2,212.0 

2,278.3 

2,224.1 

2,289.4 

Fixed interest rate bonds

The Group held the following fixed interest rate bonds at 30 
September 2017:

l   USD800m 10 year bonds on issue in the US 144A/

Regulation S debt capital market. The bonds have a fixed 
rate semi-annual coupon of 6 percent and mature in 
December 2019.

l   AUD200m 5.5 year bonds on issue in the Australian debt 
capital market. The bonds have a fixed rate semi-annual 
coupon of 5.75 percent and mature in February 2019.

l   USD400m 10 year bonds on issue in the Regulation S 
debt capital market. The bonds have a fixed rate semi-
annual coupon of 3.95 percent and mature in August 
2027.

Bank facilities

Bank facilities of AUD360m and USD717m were entered into 
in August 2015 and are structured into two facilities as 
follows:

l   3 year facility domiciled in Australia consisting of two 

tranches: Tranche A has a limit of AUD360m and Tranche 
B has a limit of USD217m. The facility matures in October 
2018; and

l   5 year facility domiciled in the USA with a limit of 
USD500m. The facility matures in October 2021.

Tenor of interest bearing liabilities

The Group’s average tenor of its interest bearing liabilities at 
30 September 2017 is 3.6 years (2016: 1.6 years).

The table below includes detail on the movements in the Group’s interest bearing liabilities for the year ended 30 September 2017: 

Notes

(13)

Current

Other loans
Loans from joint ventures

Non-current
Other loans
Bank facilities

Fixed interest rate bonds

Total liabilities from financing activities

Derivatives held to hedge interest 
bearing liabilities

(16)

Debt after hedging

Cash flow

Non-cash movements

Financing activities

Proceeds 
$mill

Repayments 
$mill

Foreign 
exchange 
movement 
$mill

Fair value 
adjustment 
$mill

Funding costs 
amortisation 
$mill

30 September 
2017 
$mill

1.3

–

 5.4 

–

–

–

–

 (505.1)

 501.3 

–

–

 (0.3)

–

 (33.8)

 (23.7)

–

–

–

–

 (14.6)

 508.0 

 (505.1)

 (57.8)

 (14.6)

–

–

 508.0 

 (505.1)

153.0

95.2

11.2

(3.4)

–

–

–

 2.3 

 1.9 

 4.2 

–

 4.2 

1.3

 10.8 

 5.4 

 472.4 

 1,734.2 

 2,224.1 

 (304.3)

 1,919.8 

1 October  
2016 
$mill

– 
 11.1 

– 

 1,009.0 

 1,269.3 

 2,289.4 

 (468.5)

 1,820.9 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

60

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

%
17.5

15.0

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

12.5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

10.0

7.5

5.0

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September 2017 were $627.9m 
(2016: $427.1m) and consisted of cash at bank of $245.8m 
(2016: $164.2m) and short term investments of $382.1m  
(2016: $262.9m).

Key accounting policies

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value 
less any directly attributable borrowing costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest bearing liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, with any 
difference between cost and redemption value recognised in 
the profit or loss over the period of the borrowings.

The Group derecognises interest bearing liabilities when its 
obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Any gains and 
losses arising on derecognition are recognised in the profit or 
loss.

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current  
liabilities, except for those liabilities where the Group  
has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at  
least 12 months after the year end, which are classified  
as non-current.

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash includes cash at bank, cash on hand and short term 
investments, net of bank overdrafts.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs include interest on borrowings and the 
amortisation of premiums relating to borrowings.

Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, unless they relate 
to qualifying assets (refer note 9). In this instance, the 
borrowing costs are capitalised and depreciated over the 
asset’s expected useful life.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

8. Net debt (continued)

2.5

0

(2.5)

Interest bearing liabilities (continued)
FY13

FY14

FY12

FY15

Interest rate profile

FY16

The table below summarises the Group’s interest rate  
profile of its interest bearing liabilities, net of hedging,  
at 30 September:

Basic earnings per share (before individually material items)
Basic earnings per share (including individually material items)
2017 
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year
$mill

2016 
$mill

Cents
35

30

Fixed interest rate financial instruments

25

Variable interest rate financial instruments

20

15

1,224.4 

1,511.5 

999.7 

777.9 

2,224.1 

2,289.4 

10

Detail on the Group’s interest hedging profile and duration is 
included in note 16.

5

0

Funding profile
2013

The graph below details the Group’s available funding limits, 
its maturity dates and drawn funds at 30 September 2017:

2014

2015

2016

2017

Available limits

Drawn funds

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Bank facility
AUD360m

Bank facility
USD217m

Bond
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

Bank facility
USD500m

Reg S
USD400m

Maturity
Date

Oct 18

Oct 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Oct 21

Aug 27

The Group has undrawn financing facilities of $798.4m at  
30 September 2017.

61

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

9. Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land 
and buildings 
$mill

Notes

At 1 October 2015

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2016

Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from construction in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2016

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2017

Opening net book amount
Additions
Subsidiaries acquired
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from construction in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2017

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

(2)
(2)

(2)
(2)

Machinery, 
plant and 
equipment 
$mill

3,481.4 

(1,140.5)

2,340.9 

2,340.9 
15.9 
(0.3)
(193.5)
(154.0)
155.1 
(49.2)

2,114.9 

804.0 

(221.8)

582.2 

582.2 
3.3 
(0.1)
(25.3)
(18.3)
12.7 
(13.4)

541.1 

Construction 
in progress 
$mill

1,080.5 

–

1,080.5 

1,080.5 
414.4 
–
–
–

(167.8)
(90.4)

1,236.7 

1,236.7 

–

1,236.7 

796.1 
(255.0)

541.1 

3,489.2 
(1,374.3)

2,114.9 

541.1 
17.2 
0.7 
(15.9)
(28.2)
–

131.8 
(6.8)

639.9 

2,114.9 
54.3 
3.8 
(7.5)
(221.4)
(4.7)
1,202.9 
(40.1)

3,102.2 

1,236.7 
212.3 
– 
–
–
–

(1,334.7)
(1.6) 

112.7 

Total 
$mill

5,365.9 

(1,362.3)

4,003.6 

4,003.6 
433.6 
(0.4)
(218.8)
(172.3)

–

(153.0)

3,892.7 

5,522.0 
(1,629.3)

3,892.7 

3,892.7 
283.8 
4.5 
(23.4)
(249.6)
(4.7)
–
(48.5)

3,854.8 

910.5 
(270.6)

639.9 

4,608.4 
(1,506.2)

3,102.2 

112.7 
–

112.7 

5,631.6 
(1,776.8)

3,854.8 

Key accounting policies

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount 
or recognised as a separate asset, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. 

Borrowing costs in relation to the funding of qualifying assets 
are capitalised and included in the cost of the asset. Qualifying 
assets are assets that take more than 12 months to get ready 
for their intended use or sale. Where funds are borrowed 
generally, a weighted average interest rate is used for the 
capitalisation of interest. 

Property, plant and equipment is subject to impairment 
testing. For details of impairment of assets, refer note 11.

Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis. Freehold land is not 
depreciated. Depreciation rates are calculated to spread the 
cost of the asset (less any residual value), over its estimated 
useful life. Residual value is the estimated value of the asset 
at the end of its useful life. 

Estimated useful lives for each class of asset are as follows:

•  Buildings and improvements 
•  Machinery, plant and equipment  

20  – 50 years
3  – 50 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted 
where relevant when changes in circumstances impact the 
use of the asset.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

62

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

10. Intangibles

At 1 October 2015
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2016
Opening net book amount
Additions
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2016
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2017
Opening net book amount
Additions
Subsidiaries acquired
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2017
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Notes

Software 
$mill

Goodwill 
$mill

(2)

(2)

98.0 
(80.4)
17.6 

17.6 
5.4 
(6.4)
(0.9)
15.7 

96.5 
(80.8)
15.7 

15.7 
9.3 
–
(5.9)
(0.7)
18.4 

102.7 
(84.3)
18.4 

2,895.3 

–

2,895.3 

2,895.3 

–
–

(125.1)
2,770.2

2,770.2
–

2,770.2 

2,770.2 

–
1.5 
–
(40.0)
2,731.7 

2,731.7 

–

2,731.7 

Patents,  
trademarks  
& customer  
contracts 
$mill

294.6 
(157.5)
137.1 

137.1 
–
(19.3)
(8.2)
109.6 

276.6 
(167.0)
109.6 

109.6 
–
1.1 
(17.8)
(2.0)
90.9 

271.9 
(181.0)
90.9 

Brand  
names 
$mill

308.4 
–
308.4 

308.4 
–
–
(21.4)
287.0 

287.0 
–
287.0 

287.0 
–
–
–
(7.0)
280.0 

280.0 
–
280.0 

Total 
$mill

3,596.3
(237.9)
3,358.4

3,358.4 
5.4 
(25.7)
(155.6)
3,182.5

3,430.3
(247.8)
3,182.5 

3,182.5
9.3 
2.6 
(23.7)
(49.7)
3,121.0 

3,386.3 
(265.3)
3,121.0 

Allocation of indefinite life intangible assets
The Group’s indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to 
groups of cash generating units (CGUs) as follows: 

30 September 2017

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

30 September 2016

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

Total 
$mill

 183.8 
 2.4 
 1,144.5 
 1,401.0 
 2,731.7 

–
–
 40.3 
 239.7 
 280.0 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

183.8 
2.4 
1,144.5 
1,439.5 
2,770.2 

–
–
40.3 
246.7 
287.0 

 183.8 
 2.4 
 1,184.8 
 1,640.7 
 3,011.7 

Total 
$mill

183.8 
2.4 
1,184.8 
1,686.2 
3,057.2 

Key accounting policies
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost 
less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested 
for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. 

Brand names 
Brand names acquired by the Group have indefinite useful 
lives and are measured at cost less accumulated impairment. 
They are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if 
events or circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have finite lives. 
They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised 
only when it increases the future economic benefits of the 
asset to which it relates. All other such expenditure is 
expensed as incurred.

Amortisation
Goodwill and brand names are not amortised.

For intangible assets with finite lives, amortisation is 
recognised in the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful life. The estimated useful lives of 
intangible assets in this category are as follows:

•  Software 
•  Product trademarks 
•  Patents 
•  Customer contracts 

3  –   7  years
4  –  10  years
13  –  15  years
10  –  17  years

Useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and  
adjusted where relevant.

63

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

11. Impairment of goodwill and  

Sensitivity analyses

non-current assets 

At 30 September 2017, the Group has identified lower global 
fertiliser prices; lower nitrogen prices; and the higher 
AUD:USD exchange rate as indicators of impairment.

Impairment testing of goodwill

The Group has prepared value-in-use models for the purpose 
of impairment testing as at 30 September 2017, using five 
year discounted cash flow models based on Board approved 
forecasts. Cash flows beyond the five year period are 
extrapolated using a terminal value growth rate.

The Group’s impairment testing at 30 September 2017 
resulted in no impairment of any CGU. In addition, no 
reversal of impairment from prior years was required during 
the year as the circumstances that resulted in these 
impairments remain unchanged.

Key assumptions

The estimation of future cash flows requires management to 
make significant estimates and judgments on the timing of 
cash flows, commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. 

Details of the key assumptions used in the value-in-use 
calculations at 30 September are set out below: 

Key  
assumptions

DAP(1)

Urea(2)

Henry Hub 
Gas(3)

1 – 5 years

Terminal value  
(after 5 years)

2017

2016

2017

2016

$321 to $410 $320 to $462

$474

$490

$230 to $320 $185 to $305

$322

$324

$3.11 to $3.15 $2.90 to $3.21

$3.22

$3.21

Ammonia(4) 

$250 to $372 $230 to $405

$422

$405

AUD:USD(5)

$0.76 to $0.77 $0.72 to $0.76

$0.76

$0.73

(1)  Di-Ammonium Phosphate price (FOB Tampa – USD per tonne).
(2)  Granular Urea price (FOB Middle East – USD per tonne).
(3)  Henry Hub natural gas price (USD per mmbtu).
(4)  Ammonia price (CFR Tampa – USD per tonne).
(5)  AUD:USD exchange rate.

Fertiliser prices, foreign exchange rates and natural gas 
prices are estimated by reference to external market 
publications and market analyst estimates, and are updated 
at each reporting date.

The post-tax discount rate used in the calculations is 9% 
(2016: 9%) for the IPF and SCI CGUs and 8.5% for the DNA 
and DNAP CGUs (2016: 8.5%). The rate reflects the 
underlying cost of capital adjusted for market and asset 
specific risks.

The terminal value growth rate represents the forecast 
consumer price index (CPI) of 2.5% (2016: 2.5%) for all 
CGUs. 

Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the 
recoverable amounts and, where applicable, the impairment 
charge considering reasonable change scenarios relating to 
key assumptions at 30 September 2017: 

AUD:USD  
exchange  
rate

+3c

$mill

(185.8)
(23.8)

n/a

$mill

–
–

n/a

USDmill

–
–

DAP/ 
Ammonia 
Price in  
USD(1)

-USD20  
per tonne

$mill

(234.5)
(72.4)

n/a

$mill

–
–

-USD60 
per tonne

USDmill

(424.0)
(16.9)

Growth  
rate

-1.0%

$mill

(47.8)
–

-1.0%

$mill

(393.2)
(99.9)

-1.0%

USDmill

(316.9)

–

Natural  
gas price  
in USD

n/a

$mill

–
–

n/a

$mill

–
–

+US$1.2 per 
gigajoule

USDmill

(424.6)
(17.4)

SCI

– Value-in-use
– Impairment 

charge

DNAP

– Value-in-use
– Impairment 

charge

DNA

– Value-in-use
– Impairment 

charge

(1)  DAP price impacts the value-in-use of the SCI CGU. The Ammonia price 

impacts the value-in-use of the DNA CGU.

Each of the sensitivities above assumes that a specific 
assumption moves in isolation, while all other assumptions 
are held constant. A change in one of the aforementioned 
assumptions could be accompanied by a change in another 
assumption, which may increase or decrease the net impact.
Impairment of other property, plant and equipment

During the year ended 30 September 2017 property, plant 
and equipment was impaired by $4.7m (2016: $25.9m) as a 
result of the Group’s fixed asset verification procedures and 
the abandonment of certain assets.
Key accounting policies

Impairment testing

The Group performs annual impairment testing as at 30 
September for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. 
More frequent reviews are performed for indicators of 
impairment of all the Group’s assets, including operating 
assets. The identification of impairment indicators involves 
management judgement. Where an indicator of impairment 
is identified, a formal impairment assessment is performed.

The Group’s annual impairment testing determines whether 
the recoverable amount of a CGU or group of CGUs, to which 
goodwill and/or indefinite life intangible assets are 
allocated, exceeds its carrying amount.

A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that 
generate cash flows largely independent of cashflows of 
other groups of assets. Goodwill and other indefinite life 
intangible assets are allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs 
which are no larger than one of the Group’s reportable 
segments.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

64

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Key estimates and judgments

The Group is required to make significant estimates and 
judgments in determining whether the carrying amount 
of its assets and/or CGUs has any indication of 
impairment, in particular in relation to:

•  key assumptions used in forecasting future cash 

flows;

•  discount rates applied to those cash flows; and
• 

the expected long term growth in cash flows.

Such estimates and judgments are subject to change as a 
result of changing economic and operational conditions. 
Actual cash flows may therefore differ from forecasts and 
could result in changes in the recognition of impairment 
charges in future periods.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

11. Impairment of goodwill and  
non-current assets (continued)

Key accounting policies (continued)

Determining the recoverable amount

Impairment testing involves comparing an asset’s 
recoverable amount to its carrying amount. The recoverable 
amount of an asset is determined as the higher of its fair 
value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. “Value-in-use” is 
a term that means an asset’s value based on the expected 
future cash flows arising from its continued use, discounted 
to present value. For discounting purposes, a post-tax rate is 
used that reflects current market assessments of the risks 
specific to the asset.

A recoverable amount is estimated for each individual asset 
or, where it is not possible to estimate for individual assets, 
for the CGU to which the asset belongs. Cash flows are 
estimated for the asset in its current condition and do not 
include cash inflows or outflows that improve or enhance 
the asset’s performance or that may arise from future 
restructuring.

The Group has prepared value-in-use models for the purpose 
of impairment testing as at 30 September 2017, using five 
year discounted cash flow models based on Board approved 
forecasts. Cash flows beyond the five year period are 
extrapolated using a terminal value growth rate.

Impairment losses

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying 
amount of an asset (or its CGU) exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the profit or loss. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
against assets in the following order:

•  Firstly, against the carrying amount of any goodwill 

allocated to the CGU. 

•  Secondly, against the carrying amount of any remaining 

assets in the CGU.   

An impairment loss recognised in a prior period for an asset 
other than goodwill (or its CGU) may be reversed only if 
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine 
the recoverable amount of the asset (or its CGU) since the 
last impairment loss was recognised. When this is the case, 
the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its 
recoverable amount.

65

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

12. Commitments

13.  Equity accounted investments

Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for or 
payable at 30 September:

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

2017 
$mill

25.2

–

25.2

2016 
$mill

13.3 

1.6 

14.9 

Lease commitments

Non-cancellable operating lease commitments comprise a 
number of operating lease arrangements for the provision of 
certain equipment. These leases have varying durations and 
expiry dates. The future minimum rental commitments are as 
follows at 30 September: 

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

later than five years

2017 
$mill

44.8

85.5

77.8

2016 
$mill

47.6 

90.1 

83.4 

208.1

221.1 

Key accounting policies

Leases are accounted for as either finance leases or 
operating leases. 

Finance leases
Under the terms of a finance lease, the Group assumes most 
of the risks and benefits associated with ownership of the 
leased asset.

Assets subject to finance leases are measured at the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. The leased asset is 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the period that 
benefits are expected to flow from its use. A corresponding 
liability is established for the lease payments. Each lease 
payment is allocated between finance charges and reduction 
of the liability.

Operating leases
Under the terms of an operating lease, the Group does not 
assume the risks and benefits associated with ownership of 
the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are 
shown as lease payments in the Consolidated Statement of 
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

Issued standards not early adopted
The Group is currently evaluating the implications of AASB 16: 
Leases. Information on the undiscounted amount of the Group’s 
operating lease commitments at 30 September 2017 under 
AASB 117, the current leases standard, is disclosed above. Under 
AASB 16, the present value of these commitments would be 
shown as a liability on the balance sheet together with an asset 
representing the right-of-use. The ongoing classification in the 
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss of what is currently 
predominantly presented as ‘Lease payments – operating leases’ 
will be presented as amortisation and interest expense. Initial 
assessment activities have been undertaken on the Group’s 
current leases, however the impact of the standard will depend 
on the leases in place on transition. Detailed review of lease 
contracts, financial reporting impacts and system requirements 
will continue. The first application date for the Group is the 
financial year ending 30 September 2020.

The Group has performed an analysis of the statements of 
financial position and the results of each of its joint ventures 
and associates (as listed in note 14) at 30 September 2017 
and considers them to be individually immaterial to the 
Group. As a result, no individual disclosures are included for 
the Group’s investments in joint ventures and associates.

Included in the table below is the summarised financial 
information of the Group’s joint ventures and associates at 
30 September: 

Carrying amount of joint ventures and associates

Notes

Carrying amount at 1 October

Share of net profit 

Share in joint ventures acquired  
during the year

Share in joint venture transferred to 
controlled entities

(14)

(14)

Dividends received/receivable

Foreign exchange movement

2017 
$mill

318.0

39.9

5.6

(7.2)

2016 
$mill

323.6 

35.9 

–

–

(34.9)

(35.6)

(4.5)

(5.9)

Carrying amount at 30 September

316.9

318.0 

Carrying amount of investments in:

Joint ventures

Associates

Carrying amount of investments in  
joint ventures and associates 

265.2

51.7

266.9 

51.1 

316.9

318.0 

Transactions between subsidiaries of the Group  
and joint ventures and associates 

Sales of goods/services

Purchase of goods/services

Management fees/royalties

Interest expense

Dividend income

2017 
$mill

335.1

(26.5)

23.2

(0.2)

34.9

2016 
$mill

307.1 

(31.3)

24.3 

(0.2)

35.6 

Joint ventures and associates transactions represent amounts 
that do not eliminate on consolidation. 

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates

Amounts owing to related parties

Amounts owing from related parties

Loans with joint ventures and associates
Loans to joint ventures and associates

Loans from joint ventures and associates

2017 
$mill

1.2

32.4

15.0

10.8

2016 
$mill

0.5 

40.8 

23.2 

11.1 

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates are on standard market terms.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

66

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

14.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

The following list includes the Group’s principal operating subsidiaries and subsidiaries that are party to the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee dated 30 September 2008. Other than as noted below, there were no changes in the Group’s existing shareholdings in 
its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in the financial year. 

Subsidiaries

Name of entity

Company  
Incitec Pivot Limited(1) 

Controlled Entities – operating 
Incorporated in Australia 
Incitec Fertilizers Pty Limited(1) 
TOP Australia Pty Limited(1)  
Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd(1) 
Southern Cross International Pty Ltd(1) 
Incitec Pivot LTI Plan Company Pty Limited 
Incitec Pivot Explosives Holdings Pty Limited(1) 
Queensland Operations Pty Limited  
Incitec Pivot Investments 1 Pty Ltd(1) 
Incitec Pivot Investments 2 Pty Ltd  
Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd 
Incitec Pivot Finance Australia Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd 
Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited 
Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited(1) 
Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd 
DNX Australia Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited(1) 

Incorporated in USA 
Incitec Pivot US Investments 
Incitec Pivot Management LLC 
Incitec Pivot Finance LLC 
Dyno Nobel Australia LLC 
The Dyno Nobel SPS LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Transportation Inc.  
Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC  
Dyno Nobel Holdings V LLC  
Tradestar Corporation 
CMMPM, LLC  
CMMPM Holdings L.P.  
Dyno Nobel Louisiana Ammonia, LLC 
Nobel Labs, LLC(2) 
Midland Powder Company(3) 
Midland Powder LLC(3) 
Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company(3) 
Controlled Explosives Inc.(3) 

Ownership 
interest

Name of entity

Ownership 
interest

Controlled Entities – operating (continued) 
Incorporated in Canada 
Dyno Nobel Canada Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc.  
Incitec Pivot Finance Canada Inc. 
Polar Explosives 2000 Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel (Polar) Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc. 

Incorporated in Hong Kong 
Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited  
TinLinhe Nitrogen Limited  
Quantum Fertilisers Limited  

Incorporated in Singapore 
Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited 

Incorporated in Chile 
Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada  

Incorporated in Peru 
Dyno Nobel Peru S.A. 

Incorporated in Mexico 
Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V.  

Incorporated in Papua New Guinea 
DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd(4) 

Incorporated in Indonesia 
PT DNX Indonesia 

Incorporated in Turkey 
Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 

Incorporated in Romania 
SC Romnitro Explosives Srl. 

Incorporated in Albania 
DNX Nitro Industrial Kimike Sh.p.k 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
84% 
100%

100%
100%
65%

100%

100%

100%

99%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

(1)   A party to Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008.
(2)   Nobel Labs, LLC was incorporated in the 2017 financial year.
(3)   The remaining 50 percent interest in Midland Powder Company, Midland Powder LLC, Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company and Controlled Explosives Inc. was 

acquired in the 2017 financial year.

(4)  This entity has a 31 December financial year end. 

67

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

14.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (continued)

Joint ventures and associates

Name of entity

Joint ventures 
Incorporated in USA 
Alpha Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Boren Explosives Co., Inc. 
Buckley Powder Co.(1) 
IRECO Midwest Inc. 
Wampum Hardware Co. 
Western Explosives Systems Company 
Warex Corporation(2) 
Warex LLC(2) 
Warex Transportation LLC(2) 
Vedco Holdings, Inc.(3) 
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company Inc.(3) 
Austin Sales LLC(3) 
Virginia Drilling Company, LLC(3) 

Incorporated in Canada 
Newfoundland Hard-Rok Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Labrador Inc. 
Quantum Explosives Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc.(4) 
Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc.(5) 
Dyno Nobel Baffin Island Inc. 

Incorporated in Australia 
Queensland Nitrates Pty Ltd 
Queensland Nitrates Management Pty Ltd 

Incorporated in South Africa 
DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 
Sasol Dyno Nobel (Pty) Ltd 

Incorporated in Mexico 
DNEX Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region Lagunera, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region, Central, S.A. de C.V. 
Nitro Explosivos de Ciudad Guzman, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos Y Servicios Para La Construccion, S.A. de C.V. 

Incorporated in Malaysia 
Tenaga Kimia Ensign-Bickford Sdn Bhd 

Ownership 
interest

Name of entity

Ownership 
interest

Associates 
Incorporated in USA 
Maine Drilling and Blasting Group 
Independent Explosives 

Incorporated in Canada 
Labrador Maskuau Ashini Ltd 
Valley Hydraulics Inc. 
Innu Namesu Ltd 

49%
49%

25%
25%
25%

50%
50%
51%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%

50%
50%
50%
49%
49%
49%
50%

50%
50%

50%
50%

49%
49%
49%
49%
49%

50%

(1)   Due to the contractual and decision making arrangement between the shareholders of the entities, despite the legal ownership exceeding 50 percent, this 

entity is not considered to be a subsidiary.

(2)   A 25 percent interest in Warex Corporation, Warex LLC and Warex Transportation LLC was acquired in the 2017 financial year.

(3)   A 50 percent interest in Vedco Holdings, Inc., Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company Inc., Austin Sales LLC and Virginia Drilling Company, LLC was acquired in the 

2017 financial year.

(4)  Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. However, 

under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 75 percent of the profit of Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc.

(5)  Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc. 

However, under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 95 percent of the profit of Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

68

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

15. Provisions and contingencies

Provisions at 30 September 2017 are analysed as follows:

30 September 2017

Carrying amount at 1 October 2016
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Payments made during the year
Interest unwind

Foreign exchange movement

Carrying amount at 30 September 2017

Current
Non-current

Employee 
entitlements
$mill

Restructuring and 
rationalisation
$mill

Environmental
$mill

Asset retirement 
obligations
$mill

Legal  
and other
$mill

Total  
provisions
$mill

58.3 
0.6 
(3.6)
(4.6)
1.0 

–

51.7 

45.0 
6.7 

25.1 
0.4 
(2.3)
(17.4)
–

(0.4)

5.4 

5.2 
0.2 

61.4 
0.4
(2.3)
(12.0)
1.2 

(0.2)

48.5 

19.9 
28.6 

43.4 
17.1 
–
(0.8)
2.7 

(0.8)

61.6 

2.0 
59.6 

14.3 
2.4 
(4.1)
(6.4)
–

(0.3)

5.9 

5.9 
–

202.5 
20.9 
(12.3)
(41.2)
4.9 

(1.7)

173.1 

78.0 
95.1 

Key accounting policies

Provisions are measured at management’s estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the obligation. This estimate is 
based on a “present value” calculation, which involves the 
application of a discount rate to the expected future cash 
flows associated with settlement. The discount rate takes 
into account factors such as risks specific to the liability and 
the time value of money.

Employee entitlements 

Provisions are made for liabilities to employees for annual 
leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements. 
Where the payment to employees is expected to take place 
in 12 months time or later, a present value calculation is 
performed. In this instance, the corporate bond rate is used 
to discount the liability to its present value.

Restructuring and rationalisation 

Provisions for restructuring or rationalisation are only 
recognised when a detailed plan has been approved and the 
restructuring or rationalisation has either commenced or 
been publicly announced.

Environmental 

Provisions relating to the remediation of soil, groundwater, 
untreated waste and other environmental contamination are 
made when the Group has an obligation to carry out the 
clean-up operation as a result of a past event. In addition, a 
provision will only be made where it is possible to reliably 
estimate the costs involved. 

Asset retirement

In certain circumstances, the Group has an obligation to 
dismantle and remove an asset and to restore the site on 
which it is located. The present value of the estimated costs 
of this process is recognised as part of the asset that is 
depreciated and also as a provision.

At each reporting date, the provision is remeasured in line 
with changes in discount rates and the timing and amount of 
future estimated cash flows. Any changes in the provision 
are added to or deducted from the related asset, other than 
changes associated with the passage of time. This is 
recognised as a borrowing cost in the profit or loss.

69

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Legal and other

There are a number of legal claims and other exposures, 
including claims for damages arising from products and 
services supplied by the Group, that arise from the ordinary 
course of business. A provision is only made where it is 
probable that a sacrifice of future economic benefits will be 
required and the costs involved can be reliably estimated.

Key estimates and judgments

Provisions are based on the Group’s estimate of the  
timing and value of outflows of resources required to 
settle or satisfy commitments and liabilities known to  
the Group at the reporting date.

Contingencies

The following contingent liabilities are considered remote. 
However the directors consider they should be disclosed:

•  Under the terms of the ASIC Legislative Instrument, ASIC 
Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 
2016/785, issued by the Australian Securities and 
Investments Commission dated 17 December 2016, which 
relieved certain wholly-owned subsidiaries from the 
requirement to prepare audited financial statements, IPL and 
certain wholly-owned subsidiaries (identified in note 14) 
have entered into an approved deed for the cross guarantee 
of liabilities. No additional liabilities subject to the Deed of 
Cross Guarantee at 30 September 2017 are expected to arise 
to IPL or the relevant subsidiaries.

•  The Group is regularly subject to investigations and audit 

activities by the revenue authorities of jurisdictions in which 
the Group operates. The outcome of these investigations 
and audits depends upon several factors which may result 
in further tax payments or refunds of tax payments already 
made by the Group.

•  Contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of business 
and include a number of legal claims, environmental clean-
up requirements and bank guarantees.

The Directors are of the opinion that no additional provisions are 
required in respect of these matters, as it is either not probable 
that a future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required or 
the amount is not capable of reliable measurement. 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management

The Group is exposed to financial risks including liquidity risk, market risk and credit risk. This note explains the Group’s 
financial risk exposures and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks.

The Board of Directors (the Board) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk 
management framework. The Board established the Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC) which is responsible for, 
amongst other things, the monitoring of the Group’s risk management plans. The ARMC is assisted in its oversight role by the 
Group’s Risk Management function. The Risk Management function performs reviews of the Group’s risk management controls 
and procedures, the results of which are reported to the ARMC. The ARMC reports regularly to the Board on its activities.

The Group’s financial risk management framework includes policies to identify, analyse and manage the Group’s financial risks. 
These policies set appropriate financial risk limits and controls, identify permitted derivative instruments and provide guidance on 
how to monitor and report financial risks and adherence to set limits. Financial risk management policies, procedures and systems 
are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain appropriate given changes in market conditions and/or the Group’s activities.

Financial risks

Liquidity risk: The risk that the Group is not able to refinance its debt obligations or meet other cash outflow obligations 
when required. 

Source of risk
Exposure to liquidity risk derives from the Group’s operations 
and from the external interest bearing liabilities that it holds.  

This includes stress testing of critical assumptions such as 
input costs, sales prices, production volumes, exchange rates 
and capital expenditure.

Risk mitigation
Liquidity risk is managed by ensuring there are sufficient 
committed funding facilities available to meet the Group’s 
financial commitments in a timely manner.

The Group’s forecast liquidity requirements are continually 
reassessed based on regular forecasting of earnings and 
capital requirements.

The Group aims to hold a minimum liquidity buffer of at 
least $500m in undrawn non-current committed funding to 
meet any unforeseen cash flow requirements. Details on the 
Group’s committed finance facilities, including the maturity 
dates of these facilities, are included in note 8.

Outstanding financial instruments

The Group’s exposures to liquidity risk are set out in the tables below:

Contractual  
cash flows(1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

30 September 2016

Contractual  
cash flows(1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

30 September 2017

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

2,224.1 

12.1  1,705.3 

506.7

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

Interest payments

368.0 

85.6 

181.7 

100.7 

Interest payments

Trade and other payables

1,058.6  1,043.7 

Bank guarantees

108.8 

40.0 

14.9 

7.3 

–

Trade and other payables

61.5 

Bank guarantees

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities
Forward exchange contracts

Foreign exchange options

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Commodity swaps

Commodity options

Net derivative cash  
outflows

3,759.5  1,181.4  1,909.2 

668.9 

(4.2)

1.2 

(5.5)

1.2 

11.8 

13.4 

11.8 

0.1 

(12.7)

(11.3)

0.8 

0.8 

1.3 

–

–

11.4 

(1.4)

–

–

–

–

1.9 

–

–

10.3 

(2.9)

11.3 

1.9 

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Commodity swaps
Commodity options

Net derivative cash  
outflows

2,289.4 

11.1  2,278.3 

261.6 

68.6 

193.0 

946.8 

939.5 

133.4 

61.5 

7.3 

8.9 

–

–

–

63.0 

3,631.2  1,080.7  2,487.5 

63.0 

29.5 

–

29.5 

35.6 

(17.0)
1.7 

(2.6)

(6.4)
1.0 

32.0 

(10.6)
0.7 

–

–

6.2 

–
–

54.6 

(5.6)

54.0 

6.2 

Forward exchange contracts

4.8 

2.4 

2.4 

(1) Contractual cash flows are not discounted, include interest amounts payable, and are based on foreign exchange rates at year end. Any subsequent movements 

in foreign exchange rates could impact the actual cash flows on settlement of these assets and liabilities.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

70

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk: The risk that changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect the Group’s 
earnings, cash flows and the carrying values of its financial instruments.

Foreign exchange risk

Source of risk

Risk mitigation

The Group is exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates 
(primarily in USD) on the following transactions and balances:

Foreign exchange exposure to sales and purchases is 
managed by entering into formal hedging arrangements.

l   Sales and purchases
l   Trade receivables and trade payables
l  

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange movements 
(primarily in USD) on the translation of the earnings, assets 
and liabilities of its foreign operations.

The Group hedges both specific transactions and net exposures 
by entering into foreign exchange rate derivative contracts.

The translation risk of USD denominated interest bearing 
liabilities and net investments in foreign operations and their 
earnings is also managed by entering into foreign exchange 
rate derivative financial instruments.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to movements in the AUD:USD exchange rate and the derivative financial 
instruments that are in place to hedge these exposures at 30 September: 

Foreign exchange rates

The AUD:USD foreign exchange rates used by the Group to 
translate its foreign denominated earnings, assets and 
liabilities are set out below:

2017
AUD:USD

2016
AUD:USD

30 September foreign exchange rate

0.7846 

0.7626 

Average foreign exchange rate for the year

0.7620 

0.7359 

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement 
(net of hedging) in the AUD:USD exchange rate on the 
Group’s profit and equity before tax in relation to foreign 
denominated assets and liabilities at 30 September: 

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

Foreign exchange 
sensitivity – (net of 
hedging)

Trade and other 
receivables and payables  
– (profit or loss)

Hedge of forecast 
transactions – (equity)

Interest bearing liabilities 
(equity)

Investments in foreign 
operations – (equity)

0.1 

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.1

1.7 

(1.7)

3.4 

(3.5)

6.4

(6.6)

–

–

(22.7)

23.3 

(13.6)

13.9 

Transactional exposures

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities

Gross exposure (before hedging)

Hedge of transactional exposures
Trade and other receivables
Forward exchange contracts

Trade and other payables

Forward exchange contracts

Interest bearing liabilities

Forward exchange contracts
Cross currency interest rate swaps

Total hedge contract values
Net exposure (after hedging)

Hedge of forecast sales and purchases

Forward exchange contracts

Total hedge contract values

2017
AUD:USD
USD mill

2016
AUD:USD
USD mill

271.2 
(238.3)
(1,573.0)
(1,540.1)

187.5 
(244.3)
(1,573.0)
(1,629.8)

(270.4)

(186.0) 

228.5

244.1 

–

1,173.0 

1,131.1 
(409.0)

2017
AUD:USD
USD mill

(106.2)

(106.2)

2017
AUD:USD
USD mill

273.0 
1,300.0 

1,631.1 
1.3

2016
AUD:USD
USD mill

(198.2)

(198.2)

2016
AUD:USD
USD mill

Translational exposures

Net investment in foreign operations

2,380.3 

2,654.8 

Gross exposure (before hedging)

2,380.3 

2,654.8 

Hedge of translational exposures
Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Foreign exchange options(1)

Total hedge contract values
Net exposure (after hedging)

(1,654.5)
640.0 
50.0 

(964.5)
1,415.8 

(1,781.5)
(73.0)
–

(1,854.5)
800.3 

(1) Bought AUD put at AUD:USD 0.74 and sold AUD call at 0.77 maturing 

within 1 year.

71

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis (continued)

Sensitivity to foreign exchange rate movements during 
the year (unhedged)

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement in 
the AUD:USD foreign exchange rates on the Group’s profit 
before tax, in relation to sales and earnings during the year 
that were denominated in USD. 
+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2017

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

The fertiliser sales sensitivity calculation is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured by the Australian fertiliser plants and 
sold during the year, the average AUD:USD exchange rate for 
the year, and the average USD fertiliser price.

The North American earnings translation sensitivity 
calculation is based on the earnings before interest and tax 
from the North American business for the year and the 
average AUD:USD exchange rate for the year.

USD Fertiliser sales from 
Australian plants
North American USD 
earnings

(6.8)

6.9

(8.0)

(2.9)

3.0 

(2.7)

8.2 

2.8

Interest rate risk

Source of risk
Exposure to interest rate risk is a result of the effect of 
changes in interest rates on the Group’s outstanding interest 
bearing liabilities and derivative instruments.

Risk mitigation
The exposure to interest rate risk is mitigated by maintaining a 
mix of fixed and variable interest rate borrowings and by 
entering into interest rate derivative instruments. 

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The tables below include the Group’s derivative contracts that are exposed to changes in interest rates at 30 September:

Interest rate swaps

Average  
pay  
fixed rate(1)

Average  
receive 
 fixed rate(1) 

Duration  
(years)

Net contract  
amounts  
USD mill

2.39%
3.24%
–
2.02%
–

1.45%
3.01%
–
2.11%

–
–
(3.11%)
–
(2.62%)

–
–
(3.17%)
–

0.2 
2.9 
2.2 
3.0 
5.0 

0.2 
3.8
3.2 
2.8 

400
550
300
350
100

400
550
300
450

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2017

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2016

Strike(1) 
2017 

Duration 
(years)

Strike(1) 
2016 

Duration 
(years)

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2017

Net  
contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2016

Strike(1) 
2017 

Duration 
(years)

Strike(1) 
2016 

Duration 
(years)

350  3.75% 
350  2.58% 
350  1.50% 
350  0.01% 

2.2 
2.2 
2.2 
2.2 

350  3.75%
350  2.58%
350  1.50%
350  0.01%

3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2

Interest rate  
options

Contracts maturing  
later than 5 years
Sold cap
Bought cap
Sold floor
Bought floor

(1) LIBOR

Interest rate sensitivity on outstanding financial instruments

The following table shows the sensitivity of the Group’s 
profit before tax to a 1 per cent change in interest rates. The 
sensitivity is calculated based on the Group’s interest bearing 
liabilities and derivative financial instruments that are 
exposed to interest rate movements and the AUD:USD 
exchange rate at 30 September:

350  3.75%
350  2.58%
350  1.50%
350  0.01%

1.8 
1.8 
1.8 
1.8 

350  3.75%
350  2.58%
350  1.50%
350  0.01%

0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

Interest rate sensitivity

LIBOR

BBSW

+ 1%  
AUD mill
2017

- 1%  
AUD mill
2017

+ 1%  
AUD mill
2016

- 1%  
AUD mill
2016

(0.2)

(2.1)

0.2 

2.1 

(13.8)

6.0 

13.8 

(6.0)

The sensitivity above is also representative of the Group’s 
interest rate exposures during the year. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

72

2017 
less than 1 year
1 to 5 years
1 to 5 years
later than 5 years
later than 5 years

2016 
less than 1 year
1 to 5 years
1 to 5 years
later than 5 years

Interest rate  
options
Contracts maturing  
between 1 and  
5 years
Sold cap
Bought cap
Sold floor
Bought floor

(1) LIBOR

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Commodity price risk

Source of risk
Exposure to changes in commodity prices is by virtue  
of the products that the Group sells and its manufacturing 
operations, and can be categorised into six main 
commodities, namely: Ammonia, Ammonium Nitrate, 
Ammonium Phosphate, Urea-Ammonium Nitrate (UAN),  
Urea and Natural Gas.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below includes the Group’s derivative contracts that 
are exposed to changes in natural gas prices at 30 September:

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2017

Price/Strike 
USD(2) 
2017

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2016

Price/Strike 
USD(2) 
2016

Contracts maturing  
within 1 year
Natural gas options

Bought Call
Sold Put

1,450,000 
1,450,000 

4.53
3.30

3,833,000 
3,833,000 

4.36
3.07

Contracts maturing  
between 1 and 5 years
Natural gas options

Bought Call
Sold Put

–
–

–
–

1,600,000 
1,600,000 

4.52
3.28

(1) Million Metric British Thermal Units 
(2) Nymex Henry Hub gas price

Natural gas price sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments 
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s equity 
before tax to a change of USD1 per MMBTU in the natural 
gas price. The sensitivity is based on natural gas derivative 
contracts held by the Group at 30 September: 

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

Henry Hub USD 

0.7 

(1.8)

2.3

(2.3)

Sensitivity to natural gas price movements during the year
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a change of USD1 per MMBTU in the natural 
gas price. The sensitivity is based on the average natural gas 
price, the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the 
impact of hedging) and the current annual natural gas 
consumption of the Group’s manufacturing operations in the 
Americas that are exposed to changes in natural gas prices: 

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2017

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

Henry Hub USD

(33.1)

33.1 

(8.3)

8.3

73

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Risk mitigation
Price risk exposure is managed by entering into long term 
contracts with suppliers and customers where possible. Where 
commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated through 
contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, the Group 
may enter into derivative contracts where available on a 
needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However, in some instances 
price risk exposure cannot be economically mitigated by either 
contractual arrangements or derivative contracts.

Sensitivity to fertiliser price movements during the year

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a USD10 per tonne change in Ammonium 
Phosphates and Urea prices. The sensitivity is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured and sold by the Group during the year 
and the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the 
impact of hedging) for the year:

Fertiliser price sensitivity

2017
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP/MAP (FOB Tampa)
UAN (FOB Nola)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
2016
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP/MAP (FOB Tampa)
UAN (FOB Nola)
Urea (FOB NOLA)

+ USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

- USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

Actual  
Tonnes  
(’000s) 

5.3
12.3 
2.8 
1.7 

4.7 
13.7 
3.4 
1.5

(5.3)
(12.3)
(2.8)
(1.7)

(4.6)
(13.7)
(3.4)
(1.5)

403
938
213
128 

347 
1,010 
249
108

Sensitivity to ammonia price movements during the year

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a USD10 per tonne change in Ammonia prices. 
The sensitivity is based on actual tonnes manufactured and 
sold by the Group during the year and the average AUD:USD 
exchange rate (excluding the impact of hedging) for the year:

Ammonia price sensitivity

+ USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

- USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

Actual  
Tonnes  
(’000s) 

Ammonia (FOB Tampa)

7.1 

(7.1)

540 

The Group has a gas supply agreement in Australia with 
pricing referenced to the USD Brent oil price. As a result, the 
Group holds Brent oil fixed price swaps to eliminate the 
exposure to changes in the Brent oil price.

The table below includes the Group’s derivatives contracts 
that are exposed to changes in Brent oil prices at 30 
September 2017:

Total volume 
(barrels) 
2017

Price  
USD(1) 
2017

Total volume 
(barrels) 
2016

Price  
USD(1) 
2016

Contracts maturing 
between 1 and 5 years

Oil swaps fixed payer

1,335,930 

48.02

2,137,488 

47.30

(1) Oil-Brent (DTD)-Platts Marketwire 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2017, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

30 September 2017

Note

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Commodity price risk on forecast purchases

Commodity swaps
Commodity options
Discontinued hedge(3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Discontinued hedge(3)
Total cash flow hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Foreign exchange options
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings(4)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD bonds(5)

(8)

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge
Total fair value hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps
Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

Balance at 30 September 2017

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses) 
recognised in 
reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to  
profit or loss(2,7)

 1.2 
–

 13.3 
–
–

 2.6 
 0.7 
–
 17.8 

–
 8.1 
–
–

 8.1 

 292.8 

 11.5 
–

 304.3 

 1.4 
 0.1 
 1.5 

(4.7)
–

(0.5)
(0.5)
–

(27.1)
(0.2)
–
(33.0)

(305.1)

–
(1.6)
–

(306.7)

–

–
–
–

(0.8)
–
(0.8)

(292.8)

 292.8 

 2.3 

 41.2 

–

 – 
 – 

 – 
 –   
 –   

 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   

 –
 –
 – 
 –

 –

(190.1)

(14.2)
 1.2 
(203.1)

 –   
 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

(3.6)
(0.8)

 12.9 
(1.4)
(3.0)

(23.6)
(0.3)
(6.4)
(26.2)

(306.8)
8.2
(1.2)
(198.7)

(498.5)

– 

– 
– 
– 

–   
–   
–   

–   

(1.1)
9.9 

 (3.7) 
 0.5 
4.5

34.9
5.8
 2.1 
 52.9 

60.4
 8.2 
(1.2)
1.8

 69.2 

– 

– 
– 
– 

–   
–   
–   

–   

(16.9)

(0.8)

 – 
(31.2)

 – 
 – 
(5.2)

 – 
 – 
 1.6 
(34.8)

 – 
 – 
 –   
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 –   
 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

(47.7)

(203.1)

(541.6)

 121.3 

(34.8)

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position.

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs.

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. The balance of discontinued hedges in net investment hedges 
includes the market value of USD400m of derivatives that were discontinued during the year. Any changes in the market value of the 
discontinued hedges are recognised in the profit or loss from discontinuation.

(4)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $304.3m. The cross currency interest rate swaps hedging the 
foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD1,173m, and are economic hedges of an equivalent 
amount of the Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities. Derivatives with a contract value of USD400m and a contract rate of AUD:USD 0.97 were 
discontinued during the year. 

(5)  Interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD400m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. The fair value 
hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the hedged item and is 
amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

(7)  At 30 September 2017, a gain of $0.3m was transferred from reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

74

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2016, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

30 September 2016

Note

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Commodity price risk on forecast purchases

Commodity swaps
Commodity options
Discontinued hedge(3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Discontinued hedge(3)
Total cash flow hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Fair value hedges
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings(4)

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD bonds(5)

(8)

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge
Total fair value hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps

Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

Balance at 30 September 2016

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses)  
recognised  
in reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to 
profit or loss(2) 

 0.9 
–

 16.7 
–
–

 0.1 
–
–
 17.7 

–
 0.1 
–

 0.1 

 371.4 
 71.6 

 25.5 
–

 468.5 

 0.8 
 1.2 

 2.0 

(3.7)
–

(0.1)
(1.5)
–

(60.1)
(5.4)
–
(70.8)

(401.2)
(71.6)
–

(472.8)

–
–

–
–
–

(0.4)
(1.1)

(1.5)

(443.0)

 443.0 

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–

(234.0)
(1.9)

(29.5)
 3.3 
(262.1)

–
–

–

–

–

(2.5)
 20.5 

 16.6 
(1.9)
(2.3)

(58.5)
(6.1)
(10.1)
(44.3)

(2.5)
 15.5 

 17.8 
 1.6 
(2.1)

(16.7)
(6.2)
(4.2)
 3.2 

(404.0)
(48.3)
(115.6)

(567.9)

 203.2 
 31.1 
 3.6 

 237.9 

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

(16.1)

(628.3)

(0.1)

 241.0 

 0.2 
(8.7)

–
–
 12.5 

–
–
 1.9 
 5.9 

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

 5.9 

 1.1 

 46.4 

–

(102.1)

(262.1)

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position.

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs.

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. At 30 September 2016, a loss of $10.9m was transferred from 
reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges, as the underlying transaction was no longer expected to occur.

(4)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $468.5m. The cross currency interest rate swaps and forward 

exchange contracts hedging the foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD1,573m, and are 
economic hedges of USD1,573m of the Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities.

(5)  Interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD300m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. The fair value 
hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the hedged item and is 
amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

75

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Credit risk: The risk of financial loss to the Group as a result of customers or counterparties to financial assets failing to 
meet their contractual obligations.

Source of risk

Credit risk exposure

The Group is exposed to counterparty credit risk from trade 
and other receivables and financial instrument contracts that 
are outstanding at the reporting date.

Risk mitigation

The Group minimises the credit risk associated with trade 
and other receivables balances by undertaking transactions 
with a large number of customers in various countries. 

The creditworthiness of customers is reviewed prior to 
granting credit, using trade references and credit reference 
agencies. Credit limits are established and monitored for 
each customer, and these limits represent the highest level 
of exposure that a customer can reach. Trade credit insurance 
is purchased when required. 

The Group mitigates credit risk from financial instrument 
contracts by only entering into transactions with 
counterparties that have sound credit ratings and, where 
applicable, with whom the Group has a signed netting 
agreement. Given their high credit ratings, the Group does 
not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

Fair value

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is 
calculated using a variety of techniques depending on the 
type of financial instrument as follows:
•  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
traded in active markets (such as equity securities and 
fixed interest rate bonds) is the quoted market price at 
the reporting date.

•  The fair value of forward exchange contracts, interest 
rate swaps, and cross currency interest rate swaps is 
calculated using discounted cash flows, reflecting the 
credit risk of various counterparties. Future cash flows are 
calculated based on the contract rate, observable forward 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Adjustments 
for the currency basis are made at the end of the 
reporting period.

•  The fair value of option contracts is calculated using the 
contract rates and observable market rates at the end of 
the reporting period, reflecting the credit risk of various 
counterparties. The valuation technique is consistent with 
the Black-Scholes methodology and utilises Monte Carlo 
simulations. 

•  The fair value of commodity swaps and commodity 

forward contracts is calculated using their quoted market 
price, where available. If a quoted market price is not 
available, then fair value is calculated using discounted 
cash flows. Future cash flows are estimated based on the 
difference between the contractual price and the current 
observable market price, reflecting the credit risk of 
various counterparties. These future cash flows are then 
discounted to present value.

•  The nominal value less expected credit losses of trade 
receivables and payables are assumed to approximate 
their fair values due to their short term maturity.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 
September is the carrying amount, net of any provision for 
impairment, of the financial assets as detailed in the table 
below: 

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative assets

2017 
$mill

342.8

627.9

38.9 

2016 
$mill

276.8 

427.1 

45.3 

1,009.6 

749.2 

Financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to 
enforceable master netting arrangements and are intended 
to be settled on a net basis are offset in the Statement of 
Financial Position. At 30 September 2017, the amount netted 
in other financial assets and other financial liabilities is 
$292.8m (2016: $443m). 

Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair 
value by valuation method. The different levels have been 
defined as follows:
• 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from prices).
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

• 

• 

2017

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

2016

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

Level 1 
$mill

2.3
–
–

Level 1 
$mill

1.1 
–
–

Level 2 
$mill

–
38.9 
(47.7)

Level 2 
$mill

–
45.3
(102.1)

Level 3 
$mill

–
–
–

Level 3 
$mill

–
–
–

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at 
amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, 
interest bearing liabilities, and trade and other payables are 
carried at amortised cost which equals their fair value.

Interest bearing liabilities have a carrying value of 
$2,224.1m (2016: $2,289.4m) – refer to note 8. The fair 
value of the interest bearing financial liabilities at 30 
September 2017 was $2,300.7m (2016: $2,367m) and was 
based on the level 2 valuation methodology.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

76

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Key accounting policies

Foreign currency transactions and balances

Cash flow hedges

The Group presents its accounts in Australian dollars. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars 
using the exchange rates at the date the transaction occurs. 

Monetary assets (such as trade receivables) and liabilities 
(such as trade creditors) denominated in foreign currencies 
are translated into Australian dollars using the exchange rate 
at 30 September. Non-monetary items (for example, plant 
and machinery) that are measured at historical cost in a 
foreign currency are not re-translated.

Foreign exchange gains and losses relating to transactions 
are recognised in the profit or loss with the exception of 
gains and losses arising from cash flow hedges and net 
investment hedges that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations 
are translated at applicable exchange rates at 30 September. 
Income and expense items are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the period. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising on translation are 
recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR). 
If and when the Group disposes of the foreign operation, 
these gains and losses are transferred from the FCTR to the 
profit or loss.

Derivatives and hedging

The Group uses contracts known as derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its financial risk exposures.

On entering into a hedging relationship, the Group formally 
designates and documents details of the hedge, risk 
management objective and strategy for entering into the 
arrangement. The Group applies hedge accounting to 
hedging relationships that are expected to be highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair value, i.e. where the 
cash flows arising from the hedge instrument closely match 
the cash flows arising from the hedged item. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when:

•  The hedging relationship no longer meets the risk 

management objective.

•  The hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 

exercised.

•  The hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Derivatives are measured at fair value. The accounting 
treatment applied to specific types of hedges is set out 
below.

Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are 
recognised in equity, in the cash flow hedge reserve. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss. 

Fair value gains or losses accumulated in the reserve are 
taken to profit or loss when the hedged item affects profit or 
loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the 
amount recognised in the reserve is transferred to the 
carrying amount of the asset when the asset is purchased.

Net investment hedges

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are 
accounted for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses on the effective portion of the hedge are recognised 
directly in equity (in the FCTR) while any gains or losses 
relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of 
gains or losses recognised in the FCTR are transferred to 
profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument and 
the change in the hedged item are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

Hedge ineffectiveness

The Group aims to transact only highly effective hedge 
relationships, and in most cases the hedging instruments 
have a 1:1 hedge ratio with the hedged items. However, at 
times, some hedge ineffectiveness can arise and is 
recognised in profit or loss in the period in which it occurs. 
Key sources of hedge ineffectiveness for the Group are as 
follows: 

•  Maturity dates of hedging instruments not matching the 

maturity dates of the hedged items.

•  Credit risk inherent within the hedging instrument not 

matching the movement in the hedged item. 

• 

Interest rates of the Group’s financing facilities not 
matching the interest rates of the hedging instrument.

•  Forecast transactions not occurring.

Classification of financial instruments

Financial instruments are classified into the following 
categories:

•  Amortised cost (cash and cash equivalents, interest 

bearing liabilities and trade and other receivables and 
payables).

•  Fair value through other comprehensive income (listed 

equity securities).

•  Fair value through profit or loss (derivative financial 

instruments except those that are in a designated hedge 
relationship).

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

77

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

17. Share-based payments

Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs)

The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key 
performance drivers that underpin sustainable growth in 
shareholder value. With regard to the LTI 2014/17, LTI 
2015/18 and LTI 2016/19 plans, the performance conditions 
comprise relative total shareholder return, the delivery of 
certain strategic initiatives and, in the case of the LTI 
2016/19 plan, also includes growth in return on equity.

The arrangements support the Company’s strategy for 
retention and motivation of its executives.

Expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions

Total expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions recognised during the period as part of 
employee benefit expense were as follows: 

Accounting value of performance rights 
issued under the LTI performance plans

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

4.6

1.2

2017 
Number

2016 
Number

Number of performance rights outstanding 
under the LTI performance plans

5,469,485

5,983,751

Detailed disclosure of the movements in LTIs are disclosed in 
the Remuneration Report.

Key accounting policies

The rights to shares granted to employees under the terms 
of the plans are measured at fair value. The fair value is 
recognised as an employee expense over the period that 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the rights. 
There is a corresponding increase in equity, which is 
reflected in the share based payments reserve.

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the actual number of rights taken up, once related service 
and other non-market conditions are met.

18. Key management personnel disclosures

Key management personnel remuneration

2017 
$000

2016 
$000

Short-term employee benefits

13,062

9,833 

Post-employment benefits

Other long-term benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

240

130

–

4,308

227 

125 

2,137 

1,278 

17,740

13,600 

Determination of key management personnel and detailed 
remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration 
Report.

Loans to key management personnel

In the year ended 30 September 2017, there were no loans 
to key management personnel and their related parties 
(2016: nil).

Other key management personnel transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the year and 
prior year with key management personnel, were on terms 
and conditions no more favourable than those available to 
other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief 
Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax 
firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the 
Group purchased services of $505,742 during the year 
(2016: $926,735). Mr Fazzino’s spouse does not directly 
provide these services. Mr Fazzino has not engaged PwC 
at any time for any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg is a partner in the accountancy 
and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased 
services of $1,063,677 during the year (2016: 
$494,202). Ms Fagg’s spouse does not directly provide 
these services. Ms Fagg was not involved in any 
engagement of KPMG made by the Group.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

78

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

19. Retirement benefit obligation

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans in the 
Americas and Asia Pacific to provide benefits for employees 
and their dependants on retirement, disability or death.

Key assumptions and sensitivities
Principal actuarial assumptions

The Group also makes contributions to defined contribution 
schemes.

Discount rate (gross of tax)
Future salary increases

2017 

2016

3.3% – 7.2% 3.0% – 6.2%
2.5% – 5.0% 3.0% – 5.0%

Financial position and performance
Net defined benefit obligation at 30 September

Present value of obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Net defined benefit obligation

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

289.8

387.3 

(251.6)

(288.3)

38.2

99.0 

Maturity profile of the net defined benefit obligation

The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined benefit 
obligation is as follows:

Within next 10 years

Within 10 to 20 years

In excess of 20 years

2017 
$mill

216.4

141.2

35.3

2016 
$mill

260.4 

181.6 

38.9 

Return on plan assets for the year ended 30 September

Actual return on plan assets

Composition of plan assets at 30 September

The percentage invested in each asset class:

Equities
Fixed interest securities
Property
Other

2017 
$mill

29.6

2016 
$mill

24.0

2017

2016

45%
39%
7%
9%

57%
28%
7%
8%

Movements in plan assets/liabilities
Amounts recognised in Other Comprehensive Income

Gains/(losses) arising from  
changes in actuarial assumptions

Return on plan assets greater  
than discount rate
Total recognised in other  
comprehensive income

Notes

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

20.7

(36.0)

21.0

14.1 

41.7

(21.9)

Amounts recognised in Profit or Loss

Net interest expense

Defined benefit superannuation expense

(2)

(2)

(2.9)

(4.6)

(3.3)

(4.4)

79

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in a significant 
actuarial assumption while holding all other assumptions 
constant. The following table summarises how the defined 
benefit obligation as at 30 September 2017 would have 
increased/(decreased) as a result of a change in the respective 
assumption by 1 percentage point: 

Discount rate
Rate of salary increase

1 percent  
increase
(27.8)
1.0

1 percent  
decrease
36.2
(0.8)

Key accounting policies
All employees of the group are entitled to benefits from the 
Group’s superannuation plan on retirement, disability or death 
or can direct the group to make contributions to a defined 
contribution plan of their choice. The Group’s superannuation 
plan has a defined benefit section and a defined contribution 
section. The defined benefit section provides defined lump 
sum benefits based on years of service and final average 
salary. The defined contribution section receives fixed 
contributions from group companies and the Group’s legal or 
constructive obligation is limited to these contributions.

The liability or asset recognised in the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position in respect of defined benefit 
superannuation plans is the present value of the defined 
benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the 
fair value of plan assets.

Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other 
comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings 
in the Statement of Changes in Equity and in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as past service costs. 

Contributions to the defined contribution section of the 
Group’s superannuation fund and other independent defined 
contribution superannuation funds are recognised as an 
expense as they become payable. 

Key estimates and judgments
The present value of the defined benefit obligation at 
the reporting date is based on expected future payments 
arising from membership of the fund. This is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries considering the 
expected future wage and salary levels of employees, 
experience of employee departures and employee 
periods of service.

Expected future payments are discounted using market 
yields on corporate bonds at the reporting date, which 
have terms to maturity and currency that match, as 
closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

20. Deed of cross guarantee

21. Parent entity disclosure

Entities that are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee are 
included in note 14. The Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income and the Statement of Financial Position 
for this closed group are shown below: 

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Profit/(loss) before income tax
Income tax (expense)/benefit
Profit/(loss) for the year

Retained profits at 1 October
Profit/(loss) for the year
Other movements in retained earnings
Dividend paid

2017 
$mill

 194.2 
 (24.4)
 169.8 

2016 
$mill

 (61.6)
 47.6 
 (14.0)

 1,312.2 
169.8
 4.1 
 (153.5)

 1,526.8
 (14.0)
 (6.6)
 (194.0)

Throughout the financial year ended 30 September 2017 the 
parent company of the Group was Incitec Pivot Limited.

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts  
of its subsidiaries

The parent entity is part of a Deed of Cross Guarantee, under 
which each entity guarantees the debt of the others.

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Results of the parent entity

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

2017 
$mill

238.7

14.7

2016 
$mill

 130.8 

 (8.9)

Total comprehensive income for the period

253.4

 121.9 

Retained profits at 30 September

 1,332.6 

 1,312.2

Statement of Financial Position

Statement of Financial Position

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Other financial assets
Current tax assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Investment in controlled entities
Equity accounted investments
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

 182.5 
 495.5 
 268.0 
 56.6 
 22.6 
–

 1,025.2 

 234.6 
15.3 
 3,491.5 
 18.9 
 2,011.5 
 248.5 
 149.8 
 6,170.1 
 7,195.3

 70.4 
 383.2 
 299.5 
 14.3
 9.3 
 1.9 
 778.6 

 337.9 
65.9
3,978.1
16.2
 2,026.2 
 265.9 
 164.2 
6,854.4
7,633.0

 737.5 
 18.8 
 56.6 
 10.6 
 823.5 

 697.8 
 4.7 
 82.1
–

 784.6 

 293.2 
 331.6 
 1,092.0 
 557.9 
 95.9 
 28.2 
 49.5 
 53.1 
 381.8
 378.6
 16.1 
 8.1 
 1,928.5 
 1,357.5 
 2,181.0  2,713.1 
4,919.9
 5,014.3 

 3,436.8 
 244.9 
 1,332.6 
 5,014.3

 3,436.8 
 170.9 
1,312.2
4,919.9

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share capital 

Reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

970.6

  626.5 

7,334.9

 7,154.8 

920.9

 762.0 

3,641.0

 3,560.8 

3,693.9

 3,594.0 

3,436.8

 3,436.8 

(26.9)
284.0

 (37.7)
 194.9 

3,693.9

 3,594.0 

Parent entity contingencies and commitments
Contingent liabilities of Incitec Pivot Limited are disclosed in 
note 15.

Capital expenditure – commitments

Contracted but not yet provided  
for and payable:

2017 
$mill

2016 
$mill

Within one year

12.5

0.5

Tax consolidation

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident 
entities have formed a tax consolidated group. As a result it 
is taxed as a single entity. The head entity of the tax 
consolidated group is Incitec Pivot Limited.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

80

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2017

22. Auditor’s remuneration

23. Events subsequent to reporting date

2017 
$000

2016 
$000

In November 2017, the directors determined to pay a final 
dividend for the Company of 4.9 cents per share on 19 
December 2017. The dividend is unfranked (refer to note 6).

On 14 November 2017, the Company announced an on-market 
share buyback of up to $300.0m to be conducted over the next 
twelve months.

As announced to the ASX on 9 August 2017, Mr James Fazzino 
will cease as the Managing Director & CEO and will cease 
employment with the Company on 14 November 2017, and  
Ms Jeanne Johns will commence as the Managing Director & CEO 
on 15 November 2017.

On 14 November 2017, the Company announced that Mr Greg 
Hayes will retire from the Board with effect from the end of the 
2017 Annual General Meeting to be held on 21 December 2017.

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have 
not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, 
that has affected or may affect the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent years, which has not been covered in  
this report.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Fees payable to the Group's auditor for 
assurance services

Audit of the Group's annual report(1)

Audit of subsidiaries(2)

Audit-related assurance services(3)

946.9

596.4

171.5

 927.3 

 610.5 

 167.5 

Total current year assurance services

1,714.8

 1,705.3 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor  
for other services

Other services relating to taxation(4)

All other services(5)

Total other services

209.9

146.3

356.2

 143.4 

40.0

 183.4 

Total fees paid to Group auditor

2,071.0

 1,888.7 

–   Payable to Australian Group auditor firm
–   Payable to International Group auditor 

associates 

1,499.7

 1,339.8 

571.3

 548.9 

(1)  Comprises the fee payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the 

Group’s financial statements.

(2)  Comprises the audits of the Group’s subsidiaries.
(3)  Mainly comprises review of half-year reports.
(4)  Comprises taxation compliance procedures for the Group’s subsidiaries.
(5)  Comprises non-statutory based assurance procedures.

From time to time, the auditors provide other services to the 
Group. These services are subject to strict corporate 
governance procedures which encompass the selection of 
service providers and the setting of their remuneration. The 
Audit and Risk Management Committee must approve 
individual non audit engagements provided by the Group’s 
auditor above a value of $100,000, as well as where the 
aggregate amount exceeds $250,000 per annum.

81

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Directors’ Declaration 
on the Consolidated Financial Statements set out on pages 45 to 81

I, Paul Brasher, being a director of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company), do hereby state in accordance with a resolution of the 
directors that in the opinion of the directors,

1.   (a) 

the consolidated financial statements and notes, set out on pages 45 to 81, and the remuneration disclosures that are  
contained in  the Remuneration Report on pages 23 to 42 of the Directors’ Report, are in accordance with the Corporations  
Act 2001, including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Group as at 30 September 2017 and of  

their  performance, for the year ended on that date; and

  (ii)  complying with Accounting Standards in Australia (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the  

  Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed on page 51; and

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due  

and payable.

2.   There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities identified in Note 14 will be able to 

meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between 
the Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC Legislative Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) 
Instrument 2016/785.

3.   The directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as required by 

section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 September 2017.

Paul Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 14th day of November 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne, VIC, 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC  3001 Australia 

Phone: +61 3 9671 7000  
www.deloitte.com.au 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

to the members of Incitec Pivot Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries (the 
Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 September 2017, 
the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  the  consolidated 
statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, 
and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other 
explanatory information, and the directors’ declaration.  

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations 
Act 2001, including:  

(i)  

giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2017 and of its 
financial performance for the year then ended; and   

(ii)  

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for the  Audit  of  the  Financial 
Report  section  of  our  report.  We  are  independent  of  the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  auditor 
independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the  ethical  requirements  of  the 
Accounting  Professional  and  Ethical  Standards  Board’s  APES  110  Code  of  Ethics  for  Professional 
Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.  

We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been 
given to the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the 
time of this auditor’s report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited  

83

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Audit Matter 

How the scope of our audit responded to 
the Key Audit Matter 

Carrying  value  of  goodwill  and  non-
current assets 

to  Note  9  Property,  plant  and 
Refer 
equipment, Note 10 Intangibles and Note 11 
Impairment  of  goodwill  and  non-current 
assets 

At  30  September  2017,  the  Group  held 
goodwill of $2,731.7 million, intangible assets 
of  $389.3  million  and  property,  plant  and 
equipment of $3,854.8 million, allocated to its 
group of cash generating units (CGUs).  

 

The assessment of the recoverable amount is 
based on management’s view of key variables 
future 
and  market  conditions  such  as 
commodity  prices,  exchange  rates  and 
operating  performance  including  the  timing 
and approval of future  capital  and operating 
expenditure,  and 
the  most  appropriate 
discount rate.  

The Southern Cross International (SCI) CGU 
has  been  identified  as  having  higher  risk  of 
impairment  due  to  sustained  pressure  on 
fertiliser  prices  (primarily  Di-Ammonium 
Phosphate  (DAP)),  movement  in  AUD:USD 
exchange rates, high input costs including the 
cost  of  sulphuric  acid  and  supply  into 
Phosphate Hill from Mt Isa Mines. The Group 
have  prepared  a  value-in-use  model  to 
determine the recoverable amount of the SCI 
CGU. 

the 

Accordingly, 
recoverable  amount  of  these  assets 
considered to be a key audit matter. 

assessment 

of 

the 
is 

Our  procedures  included  but  were  not  limited 
to: 

  Understanding 

process 

that 
the 
management had undertaken to assess the 
recoverable amount 
In 
specialists:   

conjunction  with 

valuation 

our 

o  Evaluating the appropriateness of the 
to 
model  used  by  management 
calculate  the  value  in  use  of  the 
individual CGUs  

prices 

commodity 

o  Assessing  key  inputs  to  the  value  in 
use model including revenue based on 
and 
forecast 
production 
including 
rates,  costs 
natural gas and sulphuric acid prices, 
capital expenditure, foreign exchange 
rates, discount rates and growth rates. 
We challenged these inputs by:  
  Corroborating 

the  key  market 
based  assumptions  to  external 
analysts’ 
published 
reports, 
industry growth rates and industry 
reports 

  Corroborating  the  key  non-market 
based  assumptions  by  comparing 
forecasts to historical performance 
of 
to 
management’s projections 

accuracy 

test 

the 

  Comparing  the  discount  rate  with 
an independently developed rate 

  Agreeing  relevant  amounts in  the  value  in 

use models to the FY2018 budget 

  For CGUs with a higher risk of impairment, 
including  SCI,  performing  a  range  of 
sensitivity  analysis 
/ 
Ammonia Price in USD, natural gas price in 
USD,  AUD:USD  exchange  rate,  discount 
and growth rate assumptions  

including  DAP 

  Assessing  the  adequacy  of  the  financial 

statement disclosures 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

84

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Audit Matter 

How the scope of our audit responded to 
the Key Audit Matter 

Provisions for uncertain tax positions 

Refer  to  Note  3  Taxation  and  Note  15 
Provisions and contingencies 

Our procedures included: 

The Group operates across a large number of 
jurisdictions  and  is  subject  to  investigations 
and audit activities by revenue authorities on 
a  range  of  tax  matters  during  the  normal 
course of business, including transfer pricing, 
indirect  taxes  and  transaction  related  tax 
matters.  

The  outcomes  of  these  investigations  and 
audits depend upon several factors and as a 
result  management  exercise  judgement  in 
the determination of the tax position and the 
estimates and assumptions in relation to the 
provision  for  taxes.    Consequently  this  was 
considered a key audit matter.  

  Understanding 

process 

that 
the 
management  had  undertaken  to  identify 
and  assess  uncertain 
tax  positions, 
including  the  monitoring  and  consideration 
of guidance issued by regulatory authorities 

  In conjunction with our tax specialists: 

o  Gaining an understanding of the current 
status 
and 
investigations and the process to monitor 
developments in ongoing disputes  

assessments 

tax 

of 

o  Reviewing  external  tax  advice  where 

available, and  

o  Reviewing 

with 

recent 

rulings 
local 

and 
tax 
correspondence 
authorities, to satisfy ourselves that the 
tax  provisions  had  been  appropriately 
recorded or adjusted to reflect the latest 
external developments 

  Assessing  the  adequacy  of  the  financial 

statement disclosures 

Other Information  

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the 
information included in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 September 2017, but does not 
include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon.  

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained  in  the  audit, or otherwise  appears to be materially misstated. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.  

Responsibilities of the directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.  

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  

85

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report  that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  Australian  Auditing  Standards  will  always  detect  a  material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  the  Australian  Auditing  Standards,  we  exercise  professional 
judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:   

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional  omissions,  misrepresentations,  or 
the override of internal control.  

  Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.  

  Conclude on the appropriateness of the director’s use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or  conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going  concern.  If  we  conclude  that  a  material  uncertainty  exists,  we  are  required  to  draw 
attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  financial  report  or,  if  such 
disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our  conclusions  are  based  on  the  audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  

 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events 
in a manner that achieves fair presentation.  

  Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities 
or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are 
responsible  for  the  direction,  supervision  and  performance  of  the  Group’s  audit.  We  remain 
solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit.  

We  also  provide  the  directors  with  a  statement  that  we  have  complied  with  relevant  ethical 
requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all  relationships  and  other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related 
safeguards.  

From the matters communicated with  the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore  the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about  the  matter  or when, in extremely  rare  circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report  because  the  adverse  consequences  of  doing  so  would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report on the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 23 to 42 of the Director’s Report for the 
year ended 30 September 2017.  

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of the Incitec Pivot Limited, for the year ended 30 September 
2017, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

Responsibilities  

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration 
Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards.  

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Melbourne, 14 November 2017 

87

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information 
As at 14 November 2017

Distribution of ordinary shareholder and shareholdings

Size of holding

1  

–   1,000

1,001 

–   5,000

5,001 

–   10,000

10,001  –  100,000

100,0001 and over

Total

Number of holders

Percentage

Number of shares

Percentage

10,760

23,328

7,538

6,304

160

48,090

22.38%

48.51%

15.67%

13.11%

0.33%

100.00%

4,933,809

68,119,762

54,782,417

134,637,828

1,424,696,705

1,687,170,521

0.29%

4.04%

3.25%

7.98%

84.44%

100.00%

Included in the above total are 1,795 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of shares.
The holdings of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares represent 81.6% of that class of shares.

Twenty largest ordinary fully paid shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

National Nominees Limited

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  

BNP Paribas Nomineess Pty Ltd  

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

AMP Life Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

CS Third Nominees Pty Limited 

RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 

ARGO Investment Limited

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

Bond Street Custodians Limited 

BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd  

Djerriwarrh Investments Limited

Mirrabooka Investments Limited

RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 

Total

Substantial shareholders

Number of shares

Percentage

696,928,677

332,549,627

113,957,373

100,883,061

37,285,947

21,289,626

15,225,000

8,326,274

7,497,590

7,225,956

6,450,749

5,288,318

4,864,167

4,095,530

3,325,000

3,266,784

2,556,748

2,181,246

1,887,032

1,730,053

41.32%

19.72%

6.75%

5.98%

2.21%

1.26%

0.90%

0.49%

0.44%

0.43%

0.38%

0.31%

0.29%

0.24%

0.20%

0.19%

0.15%

0.13%

0.11%

0.10%

1,376,814,758

81.60%

The following parties have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of giving the notice under 
Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act.

Harris Associates L.P.     

Schroder Investment Management Australia Limited

Voting Rights for Ordinary Shares

Votes/Number of shares

 177,586,938

128,198,300

Votes of shareholders are governed by the Company’s Constitution. In broad summary, but without prejudice to the provisions of 
these rules, the Constitution provides for votes to be cast:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote for each shareholder; and
(b) on a poll, one vote for each fully paid share.

Unquoted Equity Securities 

As at 14 November 2017, 5,469,485 performance rights with 9 holders were on issue pursuant to Incitec Pivot Employee 
Incentive Plans.

On-market buy-back

On 14 November 2017, IPL annouced an on-market share buyback of up to $300.0m to be conducted over the next twelve months.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

88

 
 
Five Year Financial Statistics 

Incitec Pivot Limited and its controlled entities 

Sales

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, net borrowing costs,  
individually material items (IMIs) and tax

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding IMIs) 

Earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax (EBIT)

Net borrowing costs (excluding IMIs)

IMIs before tax

Taxation (expense)/revenue

Operating profit after tax and IMIs

Operating profit after tax and IMIs attributable to non-controlling interest

Operating profit after tax and IMIs attributable  
to shareholders of Incitec Pivot Limited

IMIs after tax

Operating profit after tax before IMIs (net of tax)

Dividends

Current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Intangibles

Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current borrowings and payables

Current provisions

Non-current borrowings and payables

Non-current provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Equity attributable to non-controlling interest

Total shareholders’ equity

Ordinary shares 

2017
$mill

2016
$mill

2015
$mill

2014
$mill

2013
$mill

3,473.4 

3,353.7 

3,643.3 

3,352.0 

3,403.7 

774.5 

672.6 

825.6 

742.7 

645.2 

(273.3)

501.2 

(108.7)

–

(70.9)

321.6 

2.9 

(244.5)

428.1 

(50.2)

(241.3)

(7.2)

129.4 

1.3 

(249.1)

576.5 

(68.8)

–

(108.8)

398.9 

0.3 

(223.3)

519.4 

(76.9)

(130.8)

(63.5)

248.2 

1.1 

(183.7)

461.5 

(71.2)

(41.5)

18.9 

367.7 

0.6 

318.7 

128.1 

398.6 

247.1 

367.1 

–

318.7 

153.5 

1,453.0 

3,854.8 

316.9 

(167.1)

295.2 

194.0 

1,141.9 

3,892.7 

318.0 

–

398.6 

194.5 

1,343.9 

4,003.6 

323.6 

(109.2)

356.3 

152.0 

833.6 

3,511.4 

291.2 

73.6 

293.5 

203.6 

1,175.2 

3,033.5 

299.1 

3,121.0 

3,182.5 

3,346.3 

2,992.3 

2,961.0 

76.0 

143.9 

178.9 

341.7 

215.0 

8,821.7 

8,679.0 

9,196.3 

7,970.2 

7,683.8 

1,087.0 

78.0 

955.8 

114.4 

1,809.3 

86.9 

899.6 

90.5 

1,052.4 

108.4 

2,802.5 

2,944.4 

2,518.6 

2,489.5 

2,225.7 

95.1 

4,062.6 

4,759.1 

4,753.1 

6.0 

88.1 

4,102.7 

4,576.3 

4,572.0 

4.3 

93.3 

4,508.1 

4,688.2 

4,685.2 

3.0 

83.6 

3,563.2 

4,407.0 

4,404.3 

2.7 

77.5 

3,464.0 

4,219.8 

4,216.9 

2.9 

4,759.1 

4,576.3 

4,688.2 

4,407.0 

4,219.8 

thousands

1,687,171 

1,687,171 

1,685,657 

1,654,998 

1,628,730 

Number of shares on issue at year end 

thousands 1,687,171  1,687,171  1,685,657  1,654,998  1,628,730 

Weighted average number of shares on issue (investor and ordinary)  

thousands

1,687,171 

1,686,971 

1,673,824 

1,643,970 

1,628,730 

Earnings per share

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

Dividends (declared)  

Dividends (paid)  

Dividend franking  

Share price range 

Stockmarket capitalisation at year end  

Net tangible assets per share  

Profit margin (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax/sales)  

cents

cents

cents

cents

%

High

Low

Year end

18.9 

18.9 

9.4 

9.1 

–

$3.89

$2.78

$3.60

17.5 

7.6 

8.7 

11.5 

47 

$4.07

$2.67

$2.82

23.8 

23.8 

11.8 

11.7 

38 

$4.36

$2.70

$3.90

21.7 

15.0 

10.8 

9.3 

31 

$3.20

$2.37

$2.71

18.0 

22.5 

9.2 

12.5 

75 

$3.34

$2.59

$2.69

$mill

6,073.8 

4,757.8 

6,574.1 

4,485.0 

4,381.3 

$

%

 0.97 

14.4 

 0.83 

12.8 

 0.80 

15.8 

 0.85 

15.5 

 0.77 

13.6 

Net borrowings (interest bearing liabilities net of cash) 

$mill

1,596.2 

1,862.3 

1,947.4 

1,672.4 

1,383.5 

Gearing (net borrowings/net borrowings plus equity)  

%

25.1 

28.9 

29.3 

27.5 

24.7 

Interest cover (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and  
tax/net borrowing costs) 

Net capital expenditure on plant and equipment (cash flow)  

Net capital expenditure on acquisitions (cash flow)  

Return on average shareholders funds

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

times

$mill

$mill

% 

%

4.6 

279.9 

2.5 

6.8 

6.8 

8.5 

434.3 

–

6.4 

2.8 

8.4 

365.8 

–

8.8 

8.8 

6.8 

638.0 

–

8.3 

5.7 

6.5 

428.2 

–

7.1 

8.9 

89

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
This page is intentionally blank

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

90

This page is intentionally blank

91

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

Auditor

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
550 Bourke Street,
Melbourne Victoria 3000,
Australia

Incitec Pivot Limited

Registered address and head office: 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile: +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

Investor Information

Annual General Meeting 

2.00pm (Melbourne time)
Thursday, 21 December 2017
The Clarendon Auditorium
Level 2, Melbourne Exhibition Centre
2 Clarendon Street, 
South Wharf, Victoria 
Australia

Securities Exchange Listing 

Incitec Pivot Limited shares are listed on the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and
are traded under the ASX code IPL

Notes issued under Incitec Pivot’s US$1,500,000,000  
Euro Medium Term Note Programme are listed on  
the Singapore Stock Exchange

Share Registry

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney New South Wales 2000, 
Australia

Locked Bag A14, 
Sydney South,  
New South Wales 1235, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 1300 303 780 
General Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Proxy Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0309 
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au 
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

American Depositary Receipts Registry

C/- BNY Mellon Shareowner Services 
462 South 4th Street 
Suite 1600 
Louisville KY 
40202

Telephone: 1-888-269-2377  
(available from within the United States) 
+1-201-680-6825 
(available from outside the United States)

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com   
Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2017

92

Incitec Pivot Limited

ABN 42 004 080 264

Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

Postal Address 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile:  +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

This publication has been printed in Australia on Monza Recycled which contains 99% recycled fibre, and elemental chlorine free pulp.  
All virgin pulp is derived from well-managed forests and controlled sources. Monza Recycled is manufactured by an ISO 14001 certified mill.